Class Six English Paragraph with Meaning (50+)

Follow Our Official Facebook Page For New Updates


Join our Telegram Channel!

Class Six English Paragraph | Class Six English All Paragraph with Meaning | ā§Ŧāώ্āĻ  āĻļ্āϰেāύিāϰ āϏāĻ•āϞ āĻĒ্āϝাāϰাāĻ—্āϰাāĻĢ āχংāϰেāϜি āĻ“ āĻŦাংāϞা। Class 6 English Paragraph 

Class Six Paragraph

Class 6 English Paragraph



A-CLASS SIX TEXTUAL PARAGRAPH

1. Write a paragraph in about 100 words about your first day at a new school by answering the following questions.  
(a) Who took you to school? 
(b) When did you reach school? 
(c) How did you feel in the new school? 
(d) How were you received at the new school? 

MY FIRST DAY AT A NEW SCHOOL 


A new place is a new experience. So my first day at a new school is a new experience in my life. I cannot forget the first day of my new school. Last year I was a student of class five. On account of my father's transfer, this year I had to get admitted to a new school in class six. On the starting day, I was going to school with my father in a rickshaw with a new hope. I felt very nervous thinking that I was going to start a new class at a new school. We reached school fifteen minutes late. My father left me at the school gate. I went in and found that everyone had gone to class. Then I walked into my classroom and found a seat. I found the students very friendly. They received me cordially. After sometime a teacher came and warmly greeted us. I will remember the day as long as I live. 
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

1. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āĻĻিāύ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āĻ•ে āϤোāĻŽাāĻ•ে āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āύিāϝ়ে āĻ—েāĻ›ে?
(āĻ–) āφāĻĒāύি āĻ•āĻ–āύ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āĻĒৌঁāĻ›েāĻ›েāύ?
(āĻ—) āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ…āύুāĻ­ূāϤি āĻ•েāĻŽāύ āĻ›িāϞ?
(āϘ) āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āφāĻĒāύাāĻ•ে āĻ•ীāĻ­াāĻŦে āĻ—্āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›ে?

āĻāĻ•āϟি āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āĻĻিāύ


āĻāĻ•āϟি āύāϤুāύ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—া āĻāĻ•āϟি āύāϤুāύ āĻ…āĻ­িāϜ্āĻžāϤা. āϤাāχ āĻāĻ•āϟি āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āĻĻিāύāϟি āφāĻŽাāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύেāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āύāϤুāύ āĻ…āĻ­িāϜ্āĻžāϤা। āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āĻĻিāύ āĻ­ুāϞāϤে āĻĒাāϰি āύা। āĻ—āϤ āĻŦāĻ›āϰ āφāĻŽি āĻ•্āϞাāϏ āĻĢাāχāĻ­েāϰ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰ āĻ›িāϞাāĻŽ। āĻŦাāĻŦাāϰ āĻŦāĻĻāϞিāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে āĻ āĻŦāĻ›āϰ āφāĻŽাāĻ•ে āώāώ্āĻ  āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖিāϤে āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āĻ­āϰ্āϤি āĻšāϤে āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ। āĻļুāϰুāϰ āĻĻিāύ āύāϤুāύ āφāĻļা āύিāϝ়ে āĻŦাāĻŦাāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϰিāĻ•āĻļাāϝ় āĻ•āϰে āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āϝাāϚ্āĻ›িāϞাāĻŽ। āφāĻŽি āĻāĻ•āϟি āύāϤুāύ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āĻāĻ•āϟি āύāϤুāύ āĻ•্āϞাāϏ āĻļুāϰু āĻ•āϰāϤে āϝাāϚ্āĻ›ি āĻāχ āĻ­েāĻŦে āφāĻŽি āĻ–ুāĻŦ āύাāϰ্āĻ­াāϏ āĻŦোāϧ āĻ•āϰāϞাāĻŽ। āφāĻŽāϰা āĻĒāύেāϰো āĻŽিāύিāϟ āĻĻেāϰিāϤে āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āĻĒৌঁāĻ›āϞাāĻŽ। āĻŦাāĻŦা āφāĻŽাāĻ•ে āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞেāϰ āĻ—েāϟে āϰেāĻ–ে āφāϏেāύ। āĻ­িāϤāϰে āĻ—িāϝ়ে āĻĻেāĻ–āϞাāĻŽ āϏāĻŦাāχ āĻ•্āϞাāϏে āϚāϞে āĻ—েāĻ›ে। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻ•āĻ•্āώে āĻšাঁāϟা āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻ•āϟি āφāϏāύ āĻ–ুঁāϜে. āφāĻŽি āĻ›াāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻŦāύ্āϧুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻŽāύে. āϤাāϰা āφāĻŽাāĻ•ে āφāύ্āϤāϰিāĻ•āĻ­াāĻŦে āĻ—্āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ে। āĻ•িāĻ›ুāĻ•্āώāĻŖ āĻĒāϰ āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ• āĻāϏে āωāώ্āĻŖ āĻ…āĻ­্āϝāϰ্āĻĨāύা āϜাāύাāϞেāύ। āϝāϤāĻĻিāύ āĻŦেঁāϚে āĻĨাāĻ•āĻŦ āĻĻিāύāϟা āĻŽāύে āĻĨাāĻ•āĻŦে। 
2. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on your experience at a railway station by answering the following questions. 
(a) How was the railway station? 
(b) What were people doing in the station? 
(c) What happened to the porters and hawkers at the time of the train's departure? 
(d) When did you say good-bye? 

 MY EXPERIENCE AT A RAILWAY STATION 


Once I went to a railway station to see my friend off who was going to Dhaka to his elder brother's house. It was a very crowded place. There was a long queue of people at the ticket counter. A group of young people was talking loudly and taking tea in front of a tea shop. An old couple trying to find a quiet place to sit and rest. The waiting room was crowded too. I saw a man struggling to carry three heavy suitcases. A young lady was sitting on her luggage at one corner and was reading a magazine. My friend and I stood near a newspaper shop talking and watching the people around. The porters and hawkers became busier as it was time for the train to leave. When the train whistled, my friend boarded on it and we said good-bye to each other.
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

2. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āϰেāϞāϏ্āϟেāĻļāύে āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ…āĻ­িāϜ্āĻžāϤাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āϰেāϞāϏ্āϟেāĻļāύ āĻ•েāĻŽāύ āĻ›িāϞ?
(āĻ–) āϏ্āϟেāĻļāύে āϞোāĻ•েāϰা āĻ•ী āĻ•āϰāĻ›িāϞ?
(āϘ) āϟ্āϰেāύ āĻ›াāĻĄ়াāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻĒোāϰ্āϟাāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻšāĻ•াāϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•ী āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ?
(d) āφāĻĒāύি āĻ•āĻ–āύ āĻŦিāĻĻাāϝ় āĻŦāϞেāĻ›েāύ?

 āĻāĻ•āϟি āϰেāϞāĻ“āϝ়ে āϏ্āϟেāĻļāύে āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ…āĻ­িāϜ্āĻžāϤা


āĻāĻ•āĻŦাāϰ āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻ•ে āĻĻেāĻ–āϤে āϰেāϞāϏ্āϟেāĻļāύে āĻ—িāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞাāĻŽ āϝে āĻĸাāĻ•াāϝ় āϤাāϰ āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻ­াāχāϝ়েāϰ āĻŦাāϏাāϝ় āϝাāϚ্āĻ›িāϞ। āĻāϟি āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ­িāĻĄ় āϜাāϝ়āĻ—া āĻ›িāϞ. āϟিāĻ•িāϟ āĻ•াāωāύ্āϟাāϰে āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻĻীāϰ্āϘ āϏাāϰি āĻ›িāϞ। āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύেāϰ āϏাāĻŽāύে āĻāĻ•āĻĻāϞ āϝুāĻŦāĻ• āωāϚ্āϚāϏ্āĻŦāϰে āĻ•āĻĨা āĻŦāϞāĻ›িāϞ āφāϰ āϚা āĻ–াāϚ্āĻ›িāϞ। āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧ āĻĻāĻŽ্āĻĒāϤি āĻŦāϏāϤে āĻāĻŦং āĻŦিāĻļ্āϰাāĻŽ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻļাāύ্āϤ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—া āĻ–ুঁāϜে āĻŦেāϰ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϚেāώ্āϟা āĻ•āϰāĻ›েāύ৷ āĻ“āϝ়েāϟিং āϰুāĻŽেāĻ“ āĻ­িāĻĄ় āĻ›িāϞ। āφāĻŽি āĻĻেāĻ–āϞাāĻŽ āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āϞোāĻ• āϤিāύāϟি āĻ­াāϰী āϏ্āϝুāϟāĻ•েāϏ āĻŦāĻšāύ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϞāĻĄ়াāχ āĻ•āϰāĻ›ে। āĻāĻ• āĻ•োāĻŖাāϝ় āĻāĻ• āϤāϰুāĻŖী āϤাāϰ āϞাāĻ—েāϜ āύিāϝ়ে āĻŦāϏে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĒāϤ্āϰিāĻ•া āĻĒāĻĄ়āĻ›িāϞেāύ। āφāĻŽি āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦāύ্āϧু āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏংāĻŦাāĻĻāĻĒāϤ্āϰেāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύেāϰ āĻ•াāĻ›ে āĻĻাঁāĻĄ়িāϝ়ে āĻ—āϞ্āĻĒ āĻ•āϰāĻ›িāϞাāĻŽ āĻāĻŦং āφāĻļেāĻĒাāĻļেāϰ āϞোāĻ•āϜāύ āĻĻেāĻ–āĻ›ি। āϟ্āϰেāύ āĻ›াāĻĄ়াāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻšāĻ“āϝ়াāϝ় āĻĒোāϰ্āϟাāϰ āĻ“ āĻšāĻ•াāϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦ্āϝāϏ্āϤāϤা āĻŦেāĻĄ়ে āϝাāϝ়। āϟ্āϰেāύāϟি āϝāĻ–āύ āĻšুāχāϏেāϞ āĻŦাāϜাāϞো, āϤāĻ–āύ āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦāύ্āϧু āĻāϤে āφāϰোāĻšāĻŖ āĻ•āϰāϞ āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻ•ে āĻ…āĻĒāϰāĻ•ে āĻŦিāĻĻাāϝ় āϜাāύাāϞাāĻŽ। Class Six English Paragraph

3. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Health is Wealth' by answering the following questions. 
(a) What is good health? 
(b) What do you mean by hygiene? 
(c) What is essential for good health? 
(d) What do you mean by balanced diet? 

 HEALTH IS WEALTH 


Good health means proper functioning of all the body organs. It means feeling well both in body and in mind. To keep healthy is to keep free from disease and anxiety . Healthy people are active, cheerful and happy. If we are healthy, we can be happy and can help others in society as well. To keep in good health we should be careful about hygiene. The rules and practices of keeping good health are called hygiene. Proper food and nutrition, physical exercise, rest and sleep, cleanliness and proper medicare are essential for good health. Our food should contain correct proportion of carbohydrates, fat, protein, vitamins, minerals and water in it. This is called balanced diet. 
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

3. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝāχ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāĻĻ' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝ āĻ•ী?
(āĻ–) āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝāĻŦিāϧি āĻŦāϞāϤে āĻ•ী āĻŦোāĻ?
(āĻ—) āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ•ী āĻ…āĻĒāϰিāĻšাāϰ্āϝ?
(āϘ) āϏুāώāĻŽ āĻ–াāĻĻ্āϝ āĻŦāϞāϤে āĻ•ী āĻŦোāĻ?

  āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝāχ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāĻĻ


āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝ āĻŽাāύে āĻļāϰীāϰেāϰ āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϤ āĻ…āĻ™্āĻ—-āĻĒ্āϰāϤ্āϝāĻ™্āĻ—েāϰ āϏāĻ িāĻ•āĻ­াāĻŦে āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰা। āĻāϰ āĻ…āϰ্āĻĨ āĻļāϰীāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻŽāύ āωāĻ­āϝ়āĻ­াāĻŦেāχ āĻ­াāϞ āĻŦোāϧ āĻ•āϰা। āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻĨাāĻ•া āĻŽাāύে āϰোāĻ— āĻ“ āĻĻুāĻļ্āϚিāύ্āϤা āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻŽুāĻ•্āϤ āĻĨাāĻ•া। āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻŽাāύুāώ āϏāĻ•্āϰিāϝ়, āĻĒ্āϰāĻĢুāϞ্āϞ āĻāĻŦং āϏুāĻ–ী। āφāĻŽāϰা āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻĨাāĻ•āϞে āφāĻŽāϰা āϏুāĻ–ী āĻšāϤে āĻĒাāϰি āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŽাāϜেāϰ āĻ…āύ্āϝāĻĻেāϰāĻ“ āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি। āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝ āĻŦāϜাāϝ় āϰাāĻ–āϤে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝāĻŦিāϧিāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āϏāϤāϰ্āĻ• āĻĨাāĻ•āϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝ āĻ­াāϞো āϰাāĻ–াāϰ āύিāϝ়āĻŽ āĻ“ āĻ…āĻ­্āϝাāϏāĻ•ে āĻŦāϞা āĻšāϝ় āĻšাāχāϜিāύ। āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϏāĻ িāĻ• āĻ–াāĻĻ্āϝ āĻ“ āĻĒুāώ্āϟি, āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ, āĻŦিāĻļ্āϰাāĻŽ āĻ“ āϘুāĻŽ, āĻĒāϰিāώ্āĻ•াāϰ-āĻĒāϰিāϚ্āĻ›āύ্āύāϤা āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻ িāĻ• āϚিāĻ•িā§ŽāϏা āĻ…āĻĒāϰিāĻšাāϰ্āϝ। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ–াāĻŦাāϰে āĻ•াāϰ্āĻŦোāĻšাāχāĻĄ্āϰেāϟ, āĻĢ্āϝাāϟ, āĻĒ্āϰোāϟিāύ, āĻ­িāϟাāĻŽিāύ, āĻŽিāύাāϰেāϞ āĻāĻŦং āĻĒাāύিāϰ āϏāĻ িāĻ• āĻ…āύুāĻĒাāϤ āĻĨাāĻ•া āωāϚিāϤ। āĻāĻ•ে āĻŦāϞে āϏুāώāĻŽ āĻ–াāĻĻ্āϝ। C

4. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Natural or Herbal Remedies' by answering the following questions. 
(a) What do you mean by natural or herbal remedies? 
(b) Are herbal cures modern inventions? 
(c) Which civilizations used herbal treatments? 
(d) What are the benefits? 
(e) Which are used as herbal medicines? 

 NATURAL OR HERBAL REMEDIES 


Natural or Herbal Remedies means giving treatment with natural things such as plants and herbs. Natural or herbal remedies are nothing new. Some ancient civilizations like India, China, Greece, Egypt and Rome also used herbal medicines. Some ancient treatment systems are still in practice today. All herbal remedies are easy to get, they are cheap and most often without any side effects. In absence of a doctor, rural people depend on these natural home remedies. They use aloe vera, honey, tulsi leaves, turmeric, marigold, neem, garlic, ginger, lemon, clove , etc and many other natural or herbal things as herbal medicines.
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

4. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āĻŦা āĻ­েāώāϜ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻ•াāϰ' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āĻŦা āĻ­েāώāϜ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻ•াāϰ āĻŦāϞāϤে āĻ•ী āĻŦোāĻ?
(āĻ–) āĻ­েāώāϜ āϚিāĻ•িā§ŽāϏা āĻ•ি āφāϧুāύিāĻ• āφāĻŦিāώ্āĻ•াāϰ?
(āĻ—) āĻ•োāύ āϏāĻ­্āϝāϤা āĻ­েāώāϜ āϚিāĻ•িā§ŽāϏা āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻ•āϰāϤ?
(āϘ) āϏুāĻŦিāϧা āĻ•ি?
(āĻ™) āĻ­েāώāϜ āĻ“āώুāϧ āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻ•োāύāϟি āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়?

  āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āĻŦা āĻ­েāώāϜ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻ•াāϰ


āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āĻŦা āĻ­েāώāϜ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻ•াāϰ āĻŽাāύে āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āϜিāύিāϏ āϝেāĻŽāύ āĻ—াāĻ›āĻĒাāϞা āĻāĻŦং āĻ­েāώāϜ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϚিāĻ•িāϤ্āϏা āĻĻেāĻ“āϝ়া। āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āĻŦা āĻ­েāώāϜ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻ•াāϰ āύāϤুāύ āĻ•িāĻ›ু āύāϝ়। āĻ­াāϰāϤ, āϚীāύ, āĻ—্āϰীāϏ, āĻŽিāĻļāϰ āĻāĻŦং āϰোāĻŽেāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻĒ্āϰাāϚীāύ āϏāĻ­্āϝāϤাāĻ“ āĻ­েāώāϜ āĻ“āώুāϧ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻ•āϰāϤ। āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻĒ্āϰাāϚীāύ āϚিāĻ•িā§ŽāϏা āĻĒāĻĻ্āϧāϤি āφāϜāĻ“ āϚাāϞু āφāĻ›ে। āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϤ āĻ­েāώāϜ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻ•াāϰ āĻĒাāĻ“āϝ়া āϏāĻšāϜ, āϏেāĻ—ুāϞি āϏāϏ্āϤা āĻāĻŦং āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ়āĻļāχ āĻ•োāύāĻ“ āĻĒাāϰ্āĻļ্āĻŦ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻ•্āϰিāϝ়া āĻ›াāĻĄ়াāχ। āĻĄাāĻ•্āϤাāϰেāϰ āĻ…āĻ­াāĻŦে āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽীāĻŖ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻāχ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āϘāϰোāϝ়া āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻ•াāϰেāϰ āωāĻĒāϰ āύিāϰ্āĻ­āϰāĻļীāϞ। āϤাāϰা āϘৃāϤāĻ•ুāĻŽাāϰী, āĻŽāϧু, āϤুāϞāϏী āĻĒাāϤা, āĻšāϞুāĻĻ, āĻ—াঁāĻĻা, āύিāĻŽ, āϰāϏুāύ, āφāĻĻা, āϞেāĻŦু, āϞāĻŦāĻ™্āĻ— āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি āĻāĻŦং āĻ…āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āĻŦা āĻ­েāώāϜ āϜিāύিāϏ āĻ­েāώāϜ āĻ“āώুāϧ āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻ•āϰে। 
5. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Birds of Bangladesh' by answering the following questions. 
(a) What is Bangladesh gifted with? 
(b) Which are the common birds? 
(c) What kinds of birds are there? 
(d) What do guest birds add to our country? 

 BIRDS OF BANGLADESH 


Bangladesh is a country full of natural resources. We are proud of our soil, forests, flowers, fruits and birds. The country is gifted with plentiful of fauna due to its geographical location. Birds are one of them. There are various kinds of birds. They are different in colour, size and nature. The common birds of our country are the crow, the cuckoo, the doel, the mayna, the shalik, the kingfisher, the sparrow, the wood-pecker , the kite, the dove, the parakeet, the parrot, etc. Among them some are song-birds. The cuckoo is one of them. Some are talking birds such as the parrot, the mayna, the parakeet, etc. The doel is our national bird. Every year in winter many guest birds come to our country. We should be caring to them as they add beauty to our country. 
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

5. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻĒাāĻ–ি' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļāĻ•ে āĻ•ী āωāĻĒāĻšাāϰ āĻĻেāĻ“āϝ়া āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›ে?
(āĻ–) āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻĒাāĻ–ি āĻ•োāύāϟি?
(āĻ—) āĻ•ি āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻĒাāĻ–ি āφāĻ›ে?
(āϘ) āĻ…āϤিāĻĨি āĻĒাāĻ–ি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻ•ী āϝোāĻ— āĻ•āϰে?

 āĻŦাāϰ্āĻĄāϏ āĻ…āĻĢ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļ


āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāĻĻে āĻ­āϰāĻĒুāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĻেāĻļ। āφāĻŽāϰা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽাāϟি, āĻŦāύ, āĻĢুāϞ, āĻĢāϞ, āĻĒাāĻ–ি āύিāϝ়ে āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦিāϤ। āĻ­ৌāĻ—āϞিāĻ• āĻ…āĻŦāϏ্āĻĨাāύেāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে āĻĻেāĻļāϟি āĻĒ্āϰāϚুāϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖীāϜāĻ—āϤে āĻĻাāύ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻĒাāĻ–ি āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻāĻ•āϟি। āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻĒাāĻ–ি āφāĻ›ে। āĻāĻ—ুāϞি āϰāĻ™, āφāĻ•াāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•ৃāϤিāϤে āφāϞাāĻĻা। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻĒাāĻ–ি āĻšāϞ āĻ•াāĻ•, āĻ•োāĻ•িāϞ, āĻĻোāϝ়েāϞ, āĻŽāϝ়āύা, āĻļাāϞিāĻ•, āĻ•িংāĻĢিāĻļাāϰ, āϚāĻĄ়ুāχ, āĻ•াāĻ āĻŦাāĻĻাāĻŽ, āϘুāĻĄ়ি, āϘুāϘু, āĻĒāϰāĻ•ীāϟ, āϤোāϤা āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি। āĻ—াāύ-āĻĒাāĻ–ি āĻšāϝ়। āĻ•োāĻ•িāϞ āϤাāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻāĻ•āϟি। āĻ•েāω āĻ•েāω āĻ•āĻĨা āĻŦāϞāĻ›েāύ āϤোāϤা, āĻŽāϝ়āύা, āĻĒāϰāĻ•ীāϟ āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি। āĻĻোāϝ়েāϞ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒাāĻ–ি। āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāĻ›āϰ āĻļীāϤে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻ…āϤিāĻĨি āĻĒাāĻ–ি āφāϏে। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āϝāϤ্āύāĻŦাāύ āĻšāĻ“āϝ়া āωāϚিāϤ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āϤাāϰা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝ āĻŦাāĻĄ়াāϝ়। 

6. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Shusong Durgapur : An unseen beauty of Bangladesh' by answering the following questions. 
(a) In which district is Shusong Durgapur located? 
(b) Is there any river in Birishiri? 
(c) Is there any ethnic group? 
(d) Are there any hills, temples or mines? 
(e) Are there any other attractive places? 

 SHUSONG DURGAPUR : AN UNSEEN BEAUTY OF BANGLADESH 


 Bangladesh is gifted with many natural attractions. Only some of these beautiful places are known to us. There are many areas in the remote countryside that are little known. Shusong Durgapur of Birishiri at Netrokona is such a place. It is located on the bank of Someshwari. The crystal clear water of the river changes its colour as the seasons change. Besides, there are many green hills such as- Garo hills, the hills of Meghalaya's, Ceramic mountains, etc. Some ethnic communities such as Hajong, Garo and other ethnic groups live here. There is a cultural and educational centre for these tribes. There is another river named Kangsa and the abandoned coal mines. There are many beautiful places such as the palace of the Susang King, the Dasha Busha Temple, orange gardens, Shal forests, Ramakrishna and Loknath Baba Temples, etc. So Shusong Durgapur is really an unseen beauty of Bangladesh.  P
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

6. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻļুāϏং āĻĻুāϰ্āĻ—াāĻĒুāϰ: āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻ…āĻĻেāĻ–া āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝ' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(a) āĻļুāϏং āĻĻুāϰ্āĻ—াāĻĒুāϰ āĻ•োāύ āϜেāϞাāϝ় āĻ…āĻŦāϏ্āĻĨিāϤ?
(āĻ–) āĻŦিāϰিāĻļিāϰিāϤে āĻ•ি āĻ•োāύ āύāĻĻী āφāĻ›ে?
(āĻ—) āĻ•োāύ āϜাāϤিāĻ—োāώ্āĻ ী āφāĻ›ে āĻ•ি?
(āϘ) āĻ•োāύ āĻĒাāĻšাāĻĄ়, āĻŽāύ্āĻĻিāϰ āĻŦা āĻ–āύি āφāĻ›ে āĻ•ি?
(āĻ™) āĻ…āύ্āϝ āĻ•োāύ āφāĻ•āϰ্āώāĻŖীāϝ় āϏ্āĻĨাāύ āφāĻ›ে āĻ•ি?

 āĻļুāϏং āĻĻুāϰ্āĻ—াāĻĒুāϰ: āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻāĻ• āĻ…āĻĻেāĻ–া āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝ


āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļ āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āφāĻ•āϰ্āώāĻŖে āĻ­āϰāĻĒুāϰ। āĻāχ āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāĻ—ুāϞোāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻŽাāϤ্āϰ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒāϰিāϚিāϤ। āĻĒ্āϰāϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽাāĻž্āϚāϞে āĻāĻŽāύ āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻāϞাāĻ•া āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে āϝা āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ•āĻŽ āĻĒāϰিāϚিāϤ। āύেāϤ্āϰāĻ•োāύাāϰ āĻŦিāϰিāĻļিāϰিāϰ āĻļুāϏং āĻĻুāϰ্āĻ—াāĻĒুāϰ āĻāĻŽāύāχ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϜাāϝ়āĻ—া। āĻāϟি āϏোāĻŽেāĻļ্āĻŦāϰীāϰ āϤীāϰে āĻ…āĻŦāϏ্āĻĨিāϤ। āύāĻĻীāϰ āϏ্āĻĢāϟিāĻ• āϏ্āĻŦāϚ্āĻ› āϜāϞ āĻ‹āϤু āĻĒāϰিāĻŦāϰ্āϤāύেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϏাāĻĨে āϤাāϰ āϰāĻ™ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦāϰ্āϤāύ āĻ•āϰে। āĻāĻ›াāĻĄ়া āĻāĻ–াāύে āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে āĻ…āύেāĻ• āϏāĻŦুāϜ āĻĒাāĻšাāĻĄ় āϝেāĻŽāύ- āĻ—াāϰো āĻĒাāĻšাāĻĄ়, āĻŽেāϘাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻĒাāĻšাāĻĄ়, āϏিāϰাāĻŽিāĻ• āĻĒāϰ্āĻŦāϤ āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি। āĻāĻ–াāύে āĻ•িāĻ›ু āϜাāϤি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒ্āϰāĻĻাāϝ় āϝেāĻŽāύ āĻšাāϜং, āĻ—াāϰো āĻāĻŦং āĻ…āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āϜাāϤিāĻ—োāώ্āĻ ী āĻŦাāϏ āĻ•āϰে। āĻāχ āωāĻĒāϜাāϤিāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏাংāϏ্āĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āĻ“ āĻļিāĻ•্āώা āĻ•েāύ্āĻĻ্āϰ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻ•ংāϏ āύাāĻŽে āφāϰেāĻ•āϟি āύāĻĻী āĻāĻŦং āĻĒāϰিāϤ্āϝāĻ•্āϤ āĻ•āϝ়āϞা āĻ–āύি āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āϏুāϏং āϰাāϜাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāϏাāĻĻ, āĻĻāĻļা āĻŦুāώা āĻŽāύ্āĻĻিāϰ, āĻ•āĻŽāϞাāϰ āĻŦাāĻ—াāύ, āĻļাāϞ āĻŦāύ, āϰাāĻŽāĻ•ৃāώ্āĻŖ āĻ“ āϞোāĻ•āύাāĻĨ āĻŦাāĻŦাāϰ āĻŽāύ্āĻĻিāϰ āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻিāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻ…āύেāĻ• āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—া āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āϤাāχ āĻļুāϏং āĻĻুāϰ্āĻ—াāĻĒুāϰ āϏāϤ্āϝিāχ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻāĻ• āĻ…āĻĻেāĻ–া āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝ।

7. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Our memories of Pride and Sorrow' by answering the following questions. 
(a) What are our pride and sorrows? 
(b) Who declared our independence? 
(d) Who rose in revolt for liberation? 
(c) How we celebrate our national day? 
(e) Who gave their lives for liberation? 


 OUR MEMORIES OF PRIDE AND SORROW 


We, the Bangladeshis have unforgettable memories of pride and sorrow. March is a month of pride because in 1971, Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujibur Rahman declared the independence of Bangladesh in the early hours of 26th in this month. For that we annually celebrate 26th March as our Independence Day with pride and joy. Then the heroic Bangalees rose in revolt and the war of liberation began. Then on the 16th December of the same year, after about nine months' heroic battle, our freedom fighters became victorious. So 16th December is our Victory Day. On that day in 1971 a new nation, the independent Bangladesh was born with the unconditional surrender of the Pakistan army. So we annually celebrate 16th December with great pride and joy. On the other hand, we sadly remember our people who sacrificed their lives for the independence of Bangladesh. So 26th March and 16th December bear great meanings for us and we should pledge to work wholeheartedly for the progress of Bangladesh. Class Six English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

7. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦ āĻ“ āĻĻুঃāĻ–েāϰ āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦ āĻ“ āĻĻুঃāĻ– āĻ•ী?
(āĻ–) āĻ•ে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤা āϘোāώāĻŖা āĻ•āϰেāĻ›িāϞ?
(d) āĻ•ে āĻŽুāĻ•্āϤিāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϰোāĻšে āωāĻ েāĻ›িāϞেāύ?
(āĻ—) āφāĻŽāϰা āĻ•ীāĻ­াāĻŦে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ āωāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰি?
(āĻ™) āĻ•াāϰা āĻŽুāĻ•্āϤিāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϜীāĻŦāύ āĻĻিāϝ়েāĻ›েāύ?


 āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦ āĻāĻŦং āĻĻুঃāĻ–েāϰ āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি


āφāĻŽāϰা āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļিāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦ āĻ“ āĻĻুঃāĻ–েāϰ āĻ…āĻŦিāϏ্āĻŽāϰāĻŖীāϝ় āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻŽাāϰ্āϚ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦেāϰ āĻŽাāϏ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ 1971 āϏাāϞে āĻŦāĻ™্āĻ—āĻŦāύ্āϧু āĻļেāĻ– āĻŽুāϜিāĻŦুāϰ āϰāĻšāĻŽাāύ āĻāχ āĻŽাāϏেāϰ 26 āϤাāϰিāĻ– āĻ­োāϰে āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤা āϘোāώāĻŖা āĻ•āϰেāĻ›িāϞেāύ। āϏে āϜāύ্āϝ āφāĻŽāϰা āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāĻ›āϰ ⧍ā§ŦāĻļে āĻŽাāϰ্āϚāĻ•ে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤা āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦ āĻ“ āφāύāύ্āĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āωāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰি। āĻāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻŦীāϰ āĻŦাāĻ™াāϞি āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϰোāĻšে āϜেāĻ—ে āĻ“āĻ ে āĻāĻŦং āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ় āĻŽুāĻ•্āϤিāϝুāĻĻ্āϧ। āĻāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় āύāϝ় āĻŽাāϏেāϰ āĻŦীāϰāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āϝুāĻĻ্āϧেāϰ āĻĒāϰ āĻāĻ•āχ āĻŦāĻ›āϰেāϰ ā§§ā§Ŧ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āĻŦিāϜāϝ়ী āĻšāϝ় āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽুāĻ•্āϤিāϝোāĻĻ্āϧাāϰা। āϤাāχ ā§§ā§Ŧāχ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦিāϜāϝ় āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ। ⧧⧝⧭⧧ āϏাāϞেāϰ āĻāχ āĻĻিāύে āĻĒাāĻ•িāϏ্āϤাāύ āϏেāύাāĻŦাāĻšিāύীāϰ āύিঃāĻļāϰ্āϤ āφāϤ্āĻŽāϏāĻŽāϰ্āĻĒāĻŖেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϜāύ্āĻŽ āύেāϝ় āĻāĻ•āϟি āύāϤুāύ āϜাāϤিāϰ, āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ। āϤাāχ āφāĻŽāϰা āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāĻ›āϰ 16āχ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āĻ…āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻŦং āφāύāύ্āĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āωāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰি। āĻ…āύ্āϝāĻĻিāĻ•ে, āφāĻŽāϰা āĻĻুঃāĻ–েāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϏ্āĻŽāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏেāχ āϜāύāĻ—āĻŖāĻ•ে āϝাāϰা āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϜীāĻŦāύ āĻ‰ā§ŽāϏāϰ্āĻ— āĻ•āϰেāĻ›িāϞেāύ। āϤাāχ ⧍ā§ŦāĻļে āĻŽাāϰ্āϚ āĻāĻŦং ā§§ā§Ŧāχ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ…āύেāĻ• āϤাā§ŽāĻĒāϰ্āϝ āĻŦāĻšāύ āĻ•āϰে āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻ…āĻ—্āϰāĻ—āϤিāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āφāύ্āϤāϰিāĻ•āĻ­াāĻŦে āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āĻ…āĻ™্āĻ—ীāĻ•াāϰ āĻ•āϰা āωāϚিāϤ।

8. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Old People's Home' by answering the following questions. 
(a) What is an old people's home? 
(b) Why is it set up?
(c) Who live in our old people's home? 
(d) What is the common thing the elderly people share? 
(e) How do they live in the old home? 

 OLD PEOPLE'S HOME 


 An old people's home is a place where old people live and are cared for. It is a new idea in our country. It is set up for the elderly people who live alone and who have none to take care of them. These are also some people who often feel helpless and miserable and need care and support. This home also takes care of them and gives them full support to live here. Among the elderly people of the old home, some are quite well-off and some are not. Some are educated and some are illiterate. But they all share one common thing that is they live alone and have no one to take care of them in sickness. Sometimes they do not have anybody to talk to. In an old people's home, these people can live like a family. They also can share their joys and sorrows like a family member. In fact, an old people's home plays a significant role to the society in rehabilitating these helpless elderly people. It is set up to make people understand the sufferings of the aged and the lonely people. 

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

8. āύিāϚেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻ“āϞ্āĻĄ āĻĒিāĻĒāϞāϏ āĻšোāĻŽ'-āĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻĄ়ি āĻ•ী?
(āĻ–) āĻ•েāύ āĻāϟি āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়?
(āĻ—) āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻĄ়িāϤে āĻ•াāϰা āĻĨাāĻ•ে?
(āϘ) āĻŦāϝ়āϏ্āĻ• āϞোāĻ•েāϰা āĻ•ী āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āϜিāύিāϏ āĻ­াāĻ— āĻ•āϰে?
(āĻ™) āϤাāϰা āĻ•ীāĻ­াāĻŦে āĻĒুāϰāύো āĻŦাāĻĄ়িāϤে āĻĨাāĻ•ে?

 āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧাāĻļ্āϰāĻŽ


āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻĄ়ি āĻāĻŽāύ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϜাāϝ়āĻ—া āϝেāĻ–াāύে āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧāϰা āĻŦাāϏ āĻ•āϰে āĻāĻŦং āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āϝāϤ্āύ āύেāĻ“āϝ়া āĻšāϝ়। āĻāϟি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻāĻ•āϟি āύāϤুāύ āϧাāϰāĻŖা। āĻāϟি āĻŦāϝ়āϏ্āĻ• āĻŦ্āϝāĻ•্āϤিāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›ে āϝাāϰা āĻāĻ•া āĻĨাāĻ•েāύ āĻāĻŦং āϝাāĻĻেāϰ āϝāϤ্āύ āύেāĻ“āϝ়াāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ•েāω āύেāχ। āĻāĻ—ুāϞিāĻ“ āĻāĻŽāύ āĻ•িāĻ›ু āϞোāĻ• āϝাāϰা āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ়āĻļāχ āĻ…āϏāĻšাāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻĻু: āĻ–িāϤ āĻŦোāϧ āĻ•āϰে āĻāĻŦং āϝāϤ্āύ āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŽāϰ্āĻĨāύেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāϜāύ āĻšāϝ়। āĻāχ āĻŦাāĻĄ়িāϟি āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āϝāϤ্āύ āύেāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻ–াāύে āĻŦāϏāĻŦাāϏেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āϏāĻŽāϰ্āĻĨāύ āĻĻেāϝ়। āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧাāĻļ্āϰāĻŽেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻŦীāĻŖāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻ•েāω āĻŦেāĻļ āϏāϚ্āĻ›āϞ āφāĻŦাāϰ āĻ•েāω āĻ•েāω āύেāχ। āĻ•েāω āĻļিāĻ•্āώিāϤ āφāĻŦাāϰ āĻ•েāω āĻ…āĻļিāĻ•্āώিāϤ। āϤāĻŦে āϤাāϰা āϏāĻ•āϞেāχ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āϜিāύিāϏ āĻ­াāĻ— āĻ•āϰে āϤা āĻšāϞ āϤাāϰা āĻāĻ•া āĻĨাāĻ•ে āĻāĻŦং āĻ…āϏুāϏ্āĻĨāϤাāϝ় āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āϝāϤ্āύ āύেāĻ“āϝ়াāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻ•েāω āύেāχ। āĻ…āύেāĻ• āϏāĻŽāϝ় āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻ•āĻĨা āĻŦāϞাāϰ āĻ•েāω āĻĨাāĻ•ে āύা। āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻĄ়িāϤে, āĻāχ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āĻŽāϤ āĻŦāϏāĻŦাāϏ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰেāύ. āϤাāϰা āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āϏāĻĻāϏ্āϝেāϰ āĻŽāϤো āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āϏুāĻ–-āĻĻুঃāĻ– āĻ­াāĻ— āĻ•āϰে āύিāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•ৃāϤāĻĒāĻ•্āώে, āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧাāĻļ্āϰāĻŽ āĻāχ āĻ…āϏāĻšাāϝ় āĻĒ্āϰāĻŦীāĻŖāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒুāύāϰ্āĻŦাāϏāύে āϏāĻŽাāϜে āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻ­ূāĻŽিāĻ•া āĻĒাāϞāύ āĻ•āϰে। āĻŦāϝ়āϏ্āĻ• āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻ•াāĻ•ী āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻ•āώ্āϟ āĻŦোāĻাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāϟি āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›ে।

9. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Hason Raja : The mystic bard' by answering the following questions.
(a) Who is a mystic bard? 
(b) How was Hason Raja's early life? 
(c) What was his educational qualification? 
(d) What did he write? 
(e) Where did his songs become popular? 

 HASON RAJA : THE MYSTIC BARD 


 A bard is one who writes poems and songs. And a mystic is one who tries to search the truth and become united with God through prayers and meditation. Hason Raja is one of the famous mystic bards of Bangladesh. He was born in a wealthy landlord's family in 1854. He at first led a luxurious life, but later he gave away all his property, money and wealth. Though Hason Raja did not receive much formal education, he wrote a lot of songs and poems. Some of his songs were written in Hindi. In his songs he called himself 'Pagla Hason Raja'. His songs were popular in Bangladesh (especially in Sylhet) and India's West Bengal. Some eminent folk singers made his songs popular. All classes of people like his works very much.
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

7. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦ āĻ“ āĻĻুঃāĻ–েāϰ āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦ āĻ“ āĻĻুঃāĻ– āĻ•ী?
(āĻ–) āĻ•ে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤা āϘোāώāĻŖা āĻ•āϰেāĻ›িāϞ?
(āϘ) āĻ•ে āĻŽুāĻ•্āϤিāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϰোāĻšে āωāĻ েāĻ›িāϞেāύ?
(āĻ—) āφāĻŽāϰা āĻ•ীāĻ­াāĻŦে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ āωāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰি?
(āĻ™) āĻ•াāϰা āĻŽুāĻ•্āϤিāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϜীāĻŦāύ āĻĻিāϝ়েāĻ›েāύ?


 āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦ āĻāĻŦং āĻĻুঃāĻ–েāϰ āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি


āφāĻŽāϰা āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļিāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦ āĻ“ āĻĻুঃāĻ–েāϰ āĻ…āĻŦিāϏ্āĻŽāϰāĻŖীāϝ় āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻŽাāϰ্āϚ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦেāϰ āĻŽাāϏ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ 1971 āϏাāϞে āĻŦāĻ™্āĻ—āĻŦāύ্āϧু āĻļেāĻ– āĻŽুāϜিāĻŦুāϰ āϰāĻšāĻŽাāύ āĻāχ āĻŽাāϏেāϰ 26 āϤাāϰিāĻ– āĻ­োāϰে āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤা āϘোāώāĻŖা āĻ•āϰেāĻ›িāϞেāύ। āϏে āϜāύ্āϝ āφāĻŽāϰা āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāĻ›āϰ ⧍ā§ŦāĻļে āĻŽাāϰ্āϚāĻ•ে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤা āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦ āĻ“ āφāύāύ্āĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āωāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰি। āĻāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻŦীāϰ āĻŦাāĻ™াāϞি āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϰোāĻšে āϜেāĻ—ে āĻ“āĻ ে āĻāĻŦং āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ় āĻŽুāĻ•্āϤিāϝুāĻĻ্āϧ। āĻāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় āύāϝ় āĻŽাāϏেāϰ āĻŦীāϰāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āϝুāĻĻ্āϧেāϰ āĻĒāϰ āĻāĻ•āχ āĻŦāĻ›āϰেāϰ ā§§ā§Ŧ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āĻŦিāϜāϝ়ী āĻšāϝ় āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽুāĻ•্āϤিāϝোāĻĻ্āϧাāϰা। āϤাāχ ā§§ā§Ŧāχ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦিāϜāϝ় āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ। ⧧⧝⧭⧧ āϏাāϞেāϰ āĻāχ āĻĻিāύে āĻĒাāĻ•িāϏ্āϤাāύ āϏেāύাāĻŦাāĻšিāύীāϰ āύিঃāĻļāϰ্āϤ āφāϤ্āĻŽāϏāĻŽāϰ্āĻĒāĻŖেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϜāύ্āĻŽ āύেāϝ় āĻāĻ•āϟি āύāϤুāύ āϜাāϤিāϰ, āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ। āϤাāχ āφāĻŽāϰা āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāĻ›āϰ 16āχ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āĻ…āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻŦং āφāύāύ্āĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āωāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰি। āĻ…āύ্āϝāĻĻিāĻ•ে, āφāĻŽāϰা āĻĻুঃāĻ–েāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϏ্āĻŽāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏেāχ āϜāύāĻ—āĻŖāĻ•ে āϝাāϰা āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϜীāĻŦāύ āĻ‰ā§ŽāϏāϰ্āĻ— āĻ•āϰেāĻ›িāϞেāύ। āϤাāχ ⧍ā§ŦāĻļে āĻŽাāϰ্āϚ āĻāĻŦং ā§§ā§Ŧāχ āĻĄিāϏেāĻŽ্āĻŦāϰ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ…āύেāĻ• āϤাā§ŽāĻĒāϰ্āϝ āĻŦāĻšāύ āĻ•āϰে āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻ…āĻ—্āϰāĻ—āϤিāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āφāύ্āϤāϰিāĻ•āĻ­াāĻŦে āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āĻ…āĻ™্āĻ—ীāĻ•াāϰ āĻ•āϰা āωāϚিāϤ। Class Six English Paragraph

10. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'The Taj Mahal' by answering the following questions. 
(a) Whom was Taj Mahal named after? 
(d) How was its architecture? 
(b) Who built it? 
(e) What is the area of Taj Mahal? 
(c) When did Mumtaz die? 

 THE TAJ MAHAL 


The Taj Mahal is one of the greatest wonders of the world. It is named after Mumtaz Mahal, the wife of the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan. It is also known as "The Taj". It is located at Agra in India. The Mughal emperor Shah Jahan loved his wife more than his own life. After the death of Mumtaz at an early age, Shah Jahan was very shocked. So he built this white marble tomb as a token of love for her. It is the finest example of Mughal architecture. The area of the Taj is 1003 acres or 405 hectares and it took 21 years and thousands of artisans to complete the tomb. It combines the art of Persia, Turkey and India. Class Six English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

10. āύিāϚেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āϤাāϜāĻŽāĻšāϞ' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āϤাāϜāĻŽāĻšāϞ āĻ•াāϰ āύাāĻŽে āύাāĻŽāĻ•āϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ?
(d) āĻāϰ āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāϤ্āϝ āĻ•েāĻŽāύ āĻ›িāϞ?
(āĻ–) āĻ•ে āĻāϟি āύিāϰ্āĻŽাāĻŖ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›েāύ?
(āĻ™) āϤাāϜāĻŽāĻšāϞেāϰ āφāϝ়āϤāύ āĻ•āϤ?
(āĻ—) āĻŽāĻŽāϤাāϜ āĻ•āĻ–āύ āĻŽাāϰা āϝাāύ?

  āϤাāϜāĻŽāĻšāϞ


āϤাāϜāĻŽāĻšāϞ āĻĒৃāĻĨিāĻŦীāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāώ্āĻ  āφāĻļ্āϚāϰ্āϝেāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি। āĻŽুāϘāϞ āϏāĻŽ্āϰাāϟ āĻļাāĻšāϜাāĻšাāύেāϰ āϏ্āϤ্āϰী āĻŽāĻŽāϤাāϜ āĻŽāĻšāϞেāϰ āύাāĻŽাāύুāϏাāϰে āĻāϰ āύাāĻŽāĻ•āϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻāϟি "āϤাāϜ" āύাāĻŽেāĻ“ āĻĒāϰিāϚিāϤ। āĻāϟি āĻ­াāϰāϤেāϰ āφāĻ—্āϰাāϝ় āĻ…āĻŦāϏ্āĻĨিāϤ। āĻŽুāϘāϞ āϏāĻŽ্āϰাāϟ āĻļাāĻšāϜাāĻšাāύ āϤাāϰ āϏ্āϤ্āϰীāĻ•ে āύিāϜেāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύেāϰ āϚেāϝ়েāĻ“ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻ­াāϞোāĻŦাāϏāϤেāύ। āĻ…āϞ্āĻĒ āĻŦāϝ়āϏে āĻŽāĻŽāϤাāϜেāϰ āĻŽৃāϤ্āϝুāϰ āĻĒāϰ āĻļাāĻšāϜাāĻšাāύ āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āĻŽāϰ্āĻŽাāĻšāϤ āĻšāύ। āϤাāχ āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻ­াāϞāĻŦাāϏাāϰ āύিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ āĻšিāϏাāĻŦে āĻāχ āϏাāĻĻা āĻŽাāϰ্āĻŦেāϞ āϏāĻŽাāϧিāϟি āϤৈāϰি āĻ•āϰেāĻ›িāϞেāύ। āĻāϟি āĻŽুāϘāϞ āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāϤ্āϝেāϰ āϏāϰ্āĻŦোāϤ্āϤāĻŽ āύিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ। āϤাāϜেāϰ āφāϝ়āϤāύ 1003 āĻāĻ•āϰ āĻŦা 405 āĻšেāĻ•্āϟāϰ āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŽাāϧিāϟি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻ•āϰāϤে 21 āĻŦāĻ›āϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻšাāϜাāϰ āĻšাāϜাāϰ āĻ•াāϰিāĻ—āϰ āϞেāĻ—েāĻ›িāϞ। āĻāϟি āĻĒাāϰāϏ্āϝ, āϤুāϰāϏ্āĻ• āĻāĻŦং āĻ­াāϰāϤেāϰ āĻļিāϞ্āĻĒāĻ•ে āĻāĻ•āϤ্āϰিāϤ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ে। 

11. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'The Eiffel Tower' by answering the following questions. 
(a) Who built the tower and when? 
(d) How many levels are there in the tower? 
(b) How tall is it? 
(e) Why is it famous? 
(c) What does it symbolize? 

 THE EIFFEL TOWER 


The Eiffel Tower is a lattice tower in Paris. It was built in 1889. The tower is named after the engineer Gustave Eiffel, whose company designed and built it. It is 320 metres (1,050 ft) tall, about the same height as an 81—storey building. It stands as one of the most recognisable structures in the world. Now it symbolises the cultural icon of France. The tower is famous as the tallest construction in Paris and the most visited monument in the world. Millions of people ascend it every year. The tower has three levels for visitors. A visitor has to walk over 300 steps to go from ground level to the first level and same distance from the first to the second level. The highest level can be accessed only by lift.C
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

11. āύিāϚেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāχāĻĢেāϞ āϟাāĻ“āϝ়াāϰ'-āĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āϟাāĻ“āϝ়াāϰ āĻ•ে āĻāĻŦং āĻ•āĻ–āύ āύিāϰ্āĻŽাāĻŖ āĻ•āϰেāύ?
(d) āϟাāĻ“āϝ়াāϰে āĻ•āϝ়āϟি āϏ্āϤāϰ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে?
(āĻ–) āĻāϟি āĻ•āϤ āϞāĻŽ্āĻŦা?
(āĻ™) āĻ•েāύ āĻāϟি āĻŦিāĻ–্āϝাāϤ?
(āĻ—) āĻāϟা āĻ•িāϏেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤীāĻ•?

  āφāχāĻĢেāϞ āϟাāĻ“āϝ়াāϰ


āφāχāĻĢেāϞ āϟাāĻ“āϝ়াāϰ āĻĒ্āϝাāϰিāϏেāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϜাāϞ āϟাāĻ“āϝ়াāϰ। āĻāϟি 1889 āϏাāϞে āύিāϰ্āĻŽিāϤ āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ। āϟাāĻ“āϝ়াāϰāϟিāϰ āύাāĻŽāĻ•āϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›ে āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•ৌāĻļāϞী āĻ—ুāϏ্āϤাāĻ­ āφāχāĻĢেāϞেāϰ āύাāĻŽাāύুāϏাāϰে, āϝাāϰ āĻ•োāĻŽ্āĻĒাāύি āĻāϟিāϰ āĻĄিāϜাāχāύ āĻ“ āύিāϰ্āĻŽাāĻŖ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›িāϞ। āĻāϟি 320 āĻŽিāϟাāϰ (1,050 āĻĢুāϟ) āϞāĻŽ্āĻŦা, āĻāĻ•āϟি 81-āϤāϞা āĻ­āĻŦāύেāϰ āϏāĻŽাāύ āωāϚ্āϚāϤা। āĻāϟি āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦেāϰ āϏāĻŦāϚেāϝ়ে āϏ্āĻŦীāĻ•ৃāϤ āĻ•াāĻ াāĻŽোāĻ—ুāϞিāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻšিāϏাāĻŦে āĻĻাঁāĻĄ়িāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻāĻ–āύ āĻāϟি āĻĢ্āϰাāύ্āϏেāϰ āϏাংāϏ্āĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āφāχāĻ•āύেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤীāĻ•। āϟাāĻ“āϝ়াāϰāϟি āĻĒ্āϝাāϰিāϏেāϰ āϏāĻŦāϚেāϝ়ে āωঁāϚু āύিāϰ্āĻŽাāĻŖ āĻāĻŦং āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦেāϰ āϏāĻŦāϚেāϝ়ে āĻŦেāĻļি āĻĒāϰিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ āĻ•āϰা āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤিāϏ্āϤāĻŽ্āĻ­ āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻŦিāĻ–্āϝাāϤ। āϞāĻ•্āώ āϞāĻ•্āώ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāĻ›āϰ āĻāϟি āφāϰোāĻšāĻŖ āĻ•āϰে। āϟাāĻ“āϝ়াāϰāϟিāϤে āĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϤিāύāϟি āϏ্āϤāϰ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻ•ে āĻ—্āϰাāωāύ্āĻĄ āϞেāĻ­েāϞ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āϞেāĻ­েāϞে āϝেāϤে 300 āĻ•āĻĻāĻŽ āĻ…āϤিāĻ•্āϰāĻŽ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻšāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻĻ্āĻŦিāϤীāϝ় āϞেāĻ­েāϞে āĻāĻ•āχ āĻĻূāϰāϤ্āĻŦ āĻ…āϤিāĻ•্āϰāĻŽ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻšāϝ়। āϏāϰ্āĻŦোāϚ্āϚ āϏ্āϤāϰ āĻļুāϧুāĻŽাāϤ্āϰ āϞিāĻĢāϟ āĻĻ্āĻŦাāϰা āĻ…্āϝাāĻ•্āϏেāϏ āĻ•āϰা āϝেāϤে āĻĒাāϰে.
12. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Computer' by answering the following questions. 
(a) What is the benefit of computer? 
(c) Is it a luxury? 
(b) What can we get in a minute from a computer? 
(d) Does it make our life easy? 

 COMPUTER 


Computer is one of the recent inventions of modern science. We use computer now in every sphere of our life. If we have a computer with us, we do not suffer from loneliness or any communication gap wherever we live. Computer has given a new meaning to human life and civilisation. Computer is a must for various necessary works in modern world. In a minute we can get access to many books, libraries, journals, and various kinds of information through computer. In the present world computer is not a luxury but it is a need like a pen or pencil. We can use internet through it for sending mails and communicate with friends. So computer makes our life so easy that we can do everything sitting in our room using it. It has brought the world in our grip.
āĻ…āύুাāĻŦāĻĻ:

12. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻ•āĻŽ্āĻĒিāωāϟাāϰ'-āĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āĻ•āĻŽ্āĻĒিāωāϟাāϰেāϰ āϏুāĻŦিāϧা āĻ•ী?
(āĻ—) āĻāϟা āĻ•ি āĻŦিāϞাāϏিāϤা?
(āĻ–) āĻ•āĻŽ্āĻĒিāωāϟাāϰ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻāĻ• āĻŽিāύিāϟে āφāĻŽāϰা āĻ•ী āĻĒেāϤে āĻĒাāϰি?
(āϘ) āĻāϟা āĻ•ি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύāĻ•ে āϏāĻšāϜ āĻ•āϰে āϤোāϞে?

 āĻ•āĻŽ্āĻĒিāωāϟাāϰ


āφāϧুāύিāĻ• āĻŦিāϜ্āĻžাāύেāϰ āϏাāĻŽ্āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻ• āφāĻŦিāώ্āĻ•াāϰāĻ—ুāϞোāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻ•āĻŽ্āĻĒিāωāϟাāϰ āĻ…āύ্āϝāϤāĻŽ। āφāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻ–āύ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāϟি āĻ•্āώেāϤ্āϰে āĻ•āĻŽ্āĻĒিāωāϟাāϰ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻ•āϰি। āϝāĻĻি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ•āĻŽ্āĻĒিāωāϟাāϰ āĻĨাāĻ•ে āϤāĻŦে āφāĻŽāϰা āϝেāĻ–াāύেāχ āĻĨাāĻ•ি āύা āĻ•েāύ āφāĻŽāϰা āĻāĻ•াāĻ•ীāϤ্āĻŦ āĻŦা āϝোāĻ—াāϝোāĻ—েāϰ āĻ•োāύো āĻĢাঁāĻ•ে āĻ­ুāĻ—ি āύা। āĻ•āĻŽ্āĻĒিāωāϟাāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύ āĻ“ āϏāĻ­্āϝāϤাāĻ•ে āύāϤুāύ āĻ…āϰ্āĻĨ āĻĻিāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āφāϧুāύিāĻ• āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦে āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāϜāύীāϝ় āĻ•াāϜেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ•āĻŽ্āĻĒিāωāϟাāϰ āĻ…āĻĒāϰিāĻšাāϰ্āϝ। āĻāĻ• āĻŽিāύিāϟে āφāĻŽāϰা āĻ•āĻŽ্āĻĒিāωāϟাāϰেāϰ āĻŽাāϧ্āϝāĻŽে āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻŦāχ, āϞাāχāĻŦ্āϰেāϰি, āϜাāϰ্āύাāϞ āĻāĻŦং āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϧāϰāĻŖেāϰ āϤāĻĨ্āϝ āĻ…্āϝাāĻ•্āϏেāϏ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি। āĻŦāϰ্āϤāĻŽাāύ āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦে āĻ•āĻŽ্āĻĒিāωāϟাāϰ āĻ•োāύো āĻŦিāϞাāϏিāϤা āύāϝ় āĻŦāϰং āĻāϟি āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ•āϞāĻŽ āĻŦা āĻĒেāύ্āϏিāϞেāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāϜāύ। āφāĻŽāϰা āĻāϰ āĻŽাāϧ্āϝāĻŽে āĻŽেāχāϞ ​​āĻĒাāĻ াāϤে āĻāĻŦং āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϝোāĻ—াāϝোāĻ— āĻ•āϰāϤে āχāύ্āϟাāϰāύেāϟ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি। āϤাāχ āĻ•āĻŽ্āĻĒিāωāϟাāϰ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύāĻ•ে āĻāϤ āϏāĻšāϜ āĻ•āϰে āϤোāϞে āϝে āφāĻŽāϰা āĻāϟি āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻ•āϰে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϘāϰে āĻŦāϏে āϏāĻŦāĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি। āĻāϟি āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦāĻ•ে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽুāĻ োāϝ় āύিāϝ়ে āĻāϏেāĻ›ে।

13. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Mobile Phone' by answering the following questions. 
(a) What has changed the role of a telephone? 
(b) Who used telephone before? 
(c) Do we only use mobile phone to communicate? 
(d) Is mobile phone a luxury? 

 MOBILE PHONE 


 Cable telephones or land line phones are going to be history very soon and mobile phone has changed the role of a telephone. When Alexander Graham Bell invented telephone, it was a surprise for the people of the world. For the next hundred years or so it was a facility only for a few wealthy people. But now everybody, from a rickshaw puller to upper class people, use mobile phone. So it is not a luxury now. We use mobile phone not only for communication but also for listening to music, taking photographs, storing data, browsing the net, etc. Now we are more connected to others. Now we can share our information, opinion, knowledge, dream, etc within a second from one part to another part of the world. 
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

13. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻŽোāĻŦাāχāϞ āĻĢোāύ'-āĻ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āϟেāϞিāĻĢোāύেāϰ āĻ­ূāĻŽিāĻ•া āĻ•ী āĻĒāϰিāĻŦāϰ্āϤāύ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ে?
(āĻ–) āĻ•ে āφāĻ—ে āϟেāϞিāĻĢোāύ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻ•āϰāϤেāύ?
(āĻ—) āφāĻŽāϰা āĻ•ি āĻļুāϧুāĻŽাāϤ্āϰ āϝোāĻ—াāϝোāĻ—েāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻŽোāĻŦাāχāϞ āĻĢোāύ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻ•āϰি?
(d) āĻŽোāĻŦাāχāϞ āĻĢোāύ āĻ•ি āĻŦিāϞাāϏিāϤা?

  āĻŽোāĻŦাāχāϞ āĻĢোāύ


āĻ•্āϝাāĻŦāϞ āϟেāϞিāĻĢোāύ āĻŦা āϞ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ āϞাāχāύ āĻĢোāύ āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻļীāϘ্āϰāχ āχāϤিāĻšাāϏ āĻšāϤে āϚāϞেāĻ›ে āĻāĻŦং āĻŽোāĻŦাāχāϞ āĻĢোāύ āϟেāϞিāĻĢোāύেāϰ āĻ­ূāĻŽিāĻ•া āĻŦāĻĻāϞে āĻĻিāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āφāϞেāĻ•āϜাāύ্āĻĄাāϰ āĻ—্āϰাāĻšাāĻŽ āĻŦেāϞ āϝāĻ–āύ āϟেāϞিāĻĢোāύ āφāĻŦিāϏ্āĻ•াāϰ āĻ•āϰেāύ, āϤāĻ–āύ āϤা āĻ›িāϞ āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦেāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ• āĻŦিāϏ্āĻŽāϝ়। āĻĒāϰেāϰ āĻāĻ•āĻļ āĻŦāĻ›āϰ āĻŦা āϤাāϰāĻ“ āĻŦেāĻļি āϏāĻŽāϝ় āϧāϰে āĻāϟি āĻļুāϧুāĻŽাāϤ্āϰ āĻ•িāĻ›ু āϧāύী āϞোāĻ•েāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏুāĻŦিāϧা āĻ›িāϞ। āĻ•িāύ্āϤু āĻāĻ–āύ āϰিāĻ•āĻļাāϚাāϞāĻ• āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻļুāϰু āĻ•āϰে āωāϚ্āϚāĻŦিāϤ্āϤ āϏāĻŦাāχ āĻŽোāĻŦাāχāϞ āĻĢোāύ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻ•āϰে। āϤাāχ āĻāϟা āĻāĻ–āύ āĻŦিāϞাāϏিāϤা āύāϝ়। āφāĻŽāϰা āĻļুāϧু āϝোāĻ—াāϝোāĻ—েāϰ āϜāύ্āϝāχ āύāϝ়, āĻ—াāύ āĻļোāύা, āĻ›āĻŦি āϤোāϞা, āĻĄেāϟা āϏংāϰāĻ•্āώāĻŖ, āύেāϟ āĻŦ্āϰাāωāϜিং āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻিāϰ āϜāύ্āϝāĻ“ āĻŽোāĻŦাāχāϞ āĻĢোāύ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ āĻ•āϰি। āĻāĻ–āύ āφāĻŽāϰা āĻ…āύ্āϝāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āφāϰāĻ“ āĻŦেāĻļি āϏংāϝুāĻ•্āϤ। āĻāĻ–āύ āφāĻŽāϰা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϤāĻĨ্āϝ, āĻŽāϤাāĻŽāϤ, āϜ্āĻžাāύ, āϏ্āĻŦāĻĒ্āύ āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি āĻāĻ• āϏেāĻ•েāύ্āĻĄেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻŦিāĻļ্āĻŦেāϰ āĻāĻ• āĻ…ংāĻļ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻ…āύ্āϝ āĻ…ংāĻļে āĻ­াāĻ— āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি।

14. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Unity is Strength' by answering the following questions. 
(a) Why was the old man anxious? 
(c) Could they break the single sticks? 
(b) Were they able to break the bundle? 
(d) What did they realise at last? 

 UNITY IS STRENGTH 


 Long ago and far away there was an old farmer who had seven sons. They always quarreled with each other. He was anxious about his sons' future because he was very old. He got a plan. He tied seven sticks together and made a bundle. Then he asked his sons to break the bundle. Each of the sons tried one by one but failed. They were not strong enough to break the bundle. Then the old farmer smiled and untied the bundle. He gave each of them only a stick and asked them to break it. This time they did it very easily. Then the old farmer told his sons that nobody could do any harm to them if they lived united. At last they realised what their father wanted to teach them. 
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

14. āύিāϚেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'Unity is Strength' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āĻ•েāύ āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧ āωāĻĻ্āĻŦিāĻ—্āύ āĻ›িāϞেāύ?
(āĻ—) āϤাāϰা āĻ•ি āĻāĻ•āĻ• āϞাāĻ ি āĻ­াāĻ™āϤে āĻĒাāϰে?
(āĻ–) āϤাāϰা āĻ•ি āĻŦাāύ্āĻĄিāϞ āĻ­াāĻ™āϤে āĻĒেāϰেāĻ›িāϞ?
(āϘ) āϤাāϰা āĻļেāώ āĻĒāϰ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻ•ী āĻŦুāĻāϤে āĻĒেāϰেāĻ›িāϞ?

  āĻāĻ•āϤাāχ āĻŦāϞ


āĻ…āύেāĻ• āφāĻ—ে āĻāĻŦং āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻĻূāϰে āĻāĻ• āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧ āĻ•ৃāώāĻ• āĻ›িāϞ āϝাāϰ āϏাāϤāϟি āĻ›েāϞে āĻ›িāϞ। āϤাāϰা āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻāĻ•ে āĻ…āĻĒāϰেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻ—āĻĄ়া āĻ•āϰāϤ। āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻ›েāϞেāĻĻেāϰ āĻ­āĻŦিāώ্āϝāϤ āύিāϝ়ে āωāĻĻ্āĻŦিāĻ—্āύ āĻ›িāϞেāύ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āϤিāύি āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧ। āϤিāύি āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĒāϰিāĻ•āϞ্āĻĒāύা āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻ›েāύ। āϤিāύি āϏাāϤāϟি āϞাāĻ ি āĻāĻ•āϏাāĻĨে āĻŦেঁāϧে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦাāύ্āĻĄিāϞ āϤৈāϰি āĻ•āϰāϞেāύ। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻ›েāϞেāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāύ্āĻĄিāϞāϟি āĻ­াāĻ™āϤে āĻŦāϞেāύ। āĻ›েāϞেāϰা āĻāĻ•ে āĻāĻ•ে āϚেāώ্āϟা āĻ•āϰেāĻ“ āĻŦ্āϝāϰ্āĻĨ āĻšāϞো। āϤাāϰা āĻŦাāύ্āĻĄিāϞ āĻ­াāĻ™্āĻ—া āϝāĻĨেāώ্āϟ āĻļāĻ•্āϤিāĻļাāϞী āĻ›িāϞ āύা. āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧ āĻ•ৃāώāĻ• āĻšেāϏে āĻŦাāύ্āĻĄিāϞāϟি āĻ–ুāϞāϞেāύ। āϤিāύি āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤ্āϝেāĻ•āĻ•ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ•āϰে āϞাāĻ ি āĻĻিāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞেāύ āĻāĻŦং āϤা āĻ­াāĻ™āϤে āĻŦāϞāϞেāύ। āĻāĻŦাāϰ āϤাāϰা āĻ–ুāĻŦ āϏāĻšāϜে āϤা āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ে। āϤāĻ–āύ āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧ āĻ•ৃāώāĻ• āϤাāϰ āĻ›েāϞেāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦāϞāϞেāύ, āϤাāϰা āĻāĻ•āϤ্āϰিāϤ āĻšāϞে āĻ•েāω āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•োāύো āĻ•্āώāϤি āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰāĻŦে āύা। āĻ…āĻŦāĻļেāώে āϤাāϰা āĻŦুāĻāϤে āĻĒেāϰেāĻ›িāϞ āϝে āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻŦা āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•ী āĻļেāĻ–াāϤে āϚাāύ। 

15. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Manpower of Bangladesh' by answering the following questions. 
(a) How many Bangladeshis work abroad? 
(b) What countries do they work in? 
(c) How do our workers perform? 
(d) How do our people help our country? 

 MANPOWER OF BANGLADESH 


Manpower means the number of workers available to do a particular job. As Bangladesh is a populous country, it has a huge manpower. A huge number of Bangladeshis work abroad. It is due to the high demand of our manpower in foreign countries. Countries like United Arab Emirates, Oman, Qatar, Bahrain and Singapore import Bangladeshi manpower for their hardworking nature. Bangladeshi people also work in Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Iran, Iraq, Jordan, Syria, Egypt, Libya, etc. Besides, a large number of skilled professionals migrate to the US, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, UK and other European countries each year. Bangladesh gets lots of remittance or foreign exchange from these wage earners abroad. Class Six English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

15. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϜāύāĻļāĻ•্āϤি' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞেāĻ–।
(āĻ•) āĻ•āϤāϜāύ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļি āĻŦিāĻĻেāĻļে āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰে?
(āĻ–) āϤাāϰা āĻ•োāύ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰে?
(āĻ—) āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•āϰ্āĻŽীāϰা āĻ•িāĻ­াāĻŦে āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰে?
(d) āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϞোāĻ•েāϰা āĻ•ীāĻ­াāĻŦে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļāĻ•ে āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻ•āϰে?

  āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϜāύāĻļāĻ•্āϤি


āϜāύāĻļāĻ•্āϤি āĻŽাāύে āĻāĻ•āϟি āύিāϰ্āĻĻিāώ্āϟ āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āωāĻĒāϞāĻŦ্āϧ āĻļ্āϰāĻŽিāĻ•েāϰ āϏংāĻ–্āϝা। āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϜāύāĻŦāĻšুāϞ āĻĻেāĻļ āĻšāĻ“āϝ়াāϝ় āĻāϰ āĻŦিāĻĒুāϞ āϜāύāĻļāĻ•্āϤি āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻŦিāĻĒুāϞ āϏংāĻ–্āϝāĻ• āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļি āĻŦিāĻĻেāĻļে āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰে। āĻāϟি āĻŦিāĻĻেāĻļে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύāĻļāĻ•্āϤিāϰ āωāϚ্āϚ āϚাāĻšিāĻĻাāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে। āϏংāϝুāĻ•্āϤ āφāϰāĻŦ āφāĻŽিāϰাāϤ, āĻ“āĻŽাāύ, āĻ•াāϤাāϰ, āĻŦাāĻšāϰাāχāύ āĻāĻŦং āϏিāĻ™্āĻ—াāĻĒুāϰেāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻĻেāĻļāĻ—ুāϞি āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻļ্āϰāĻŽী āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•ৃāϤিāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļি āϜāύāĻļāĻ•্āϤি āφāĻŽāĻĻাāύি āĻ•āϰে। āϏৌāĻĻি āφāϰāĻŦ, āĻ•ুāϝ়েāϤ, āχāϰাāύ, āχāϰাāĻ•, āϜāϰ্āĻĄাāύ, āϏিāϰিāϝ়া, āĻŽিāĻļāϰ, āϞিāĻŦিāϝ়া āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻিāϤেāĻ“ āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļিāϰা āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰে। āĻāĻ›াāĻĄ়া āĻŦিāĻĒুāϞ āϏংāĻ–্āϝāĻ• āĻĻāĻ•্āώ āĻĒেāĻļাāĻĻাāϰ āϝুāĻ•্āϤāϰাāώ্āϟ্āϰ, āĻ•াāύাāĻĄা, āĻ…āϏ্āϟ্āϰেāϞিāϝ়া, āύিāωāϜিāϞ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ, āϝুāĻ•্āϤāϰাāϜ্āϝ āĻāĻŦং āĻ…āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āχāωāϰোāĻĒীāϝ় āĻĻেāĻļে āĻĒাāĻĄ়ি āϜāĻŽাāϝ়। āĻŦāĻ›āϰ āĻŦিāĻĻেāĻļে āĻāχ āĻŽāϜুāϰি āωāĻĒাāϰ্āϜāύāĻ•াāϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•াāĻ› āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļ āĻĒ্āϰāϚুāϰ āϰেāĻŽিāϟ্āϝাāύ্āϏ āĻŦা āĻŦৈāĻĻেāĻļিāĻ• āĻŽুāĻĻ্āϰা āĻĒাāϝ়। Class Six English Paragraph

16. Write a paragraph in about 100 words on 'Too Much or Too Little Water' by answering the following questions. 
(a) What is water? 
(b) What happens if there is heavy rain? 
(c) What happens in the rainy season? 
(d) What happens if there is no rain? 

 TOO MUCH OR TOO LITTLE WATER 


Water is the most useful element for human and all other living beings. Without water no living beings can survive on earth. But sometimes, this water creates sufferings for us. Sometimes it rains so heavily that floods occur. When the water of the river increases in the rainy season, it submerges vast areas of the land, towns and villages. So, it brings lots of miseries if there is too much water. If there is no rainfall for a long period of time, drought occurs. Sometimes rivers dry up, or the water level underground may sink very low. So, if there is too little water that also causes a lot of suffering to the people. We need safe and clean water for our life on earth. 

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

16. āύিāϚেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻŦা āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ•āĻŽ āϜāϞ' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় 100 āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
(āĻ•) āϜāϞ āĻ•ি?
(āĻ–) āĻ­াāϰী āĻŦৃāώ্āϟি āĻšāϞে āĻ•ী āĻšāĻŦে?
(āĻ—) āĻŦāϰ্āώাāϝ় āĻ•ী āĻšāϝ়?
(d) āĻŦৃāώ্āϟি āύা āĻšāϞে āĻ•ি āĻšāĻŦে?

  āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻŦা āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ…āϞ্āĻĒ āϜāϞ


āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻāĻŦং āĻ…āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϤ āϜীāĻŦেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϜāϞ āϏāĻŦāϚেāϝ়ে āĻĻāϰāĻ•াāϰী āωāĻĒাāĻĻাāύ। āĻĒাāύি āĻ›াāĻĄ়া āĻĒৃāĻĨিāĻŦীāϤে āĻ•োāύো āϜীāĻŦāχ āĻŦেঁāϚে āĻĨাāĻ•āϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āĻ•িāύ্āϤু āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“, āĻāχ āϜāϞ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻĻুāϰ্āĻ­োāĻ— āϏৃāώ্āϟি āĻ•āϰে. āĻ•āĻ–āύো āĻ•āĻ–āύো āĻāϤ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻŦৃāώ্āϟি āĻšāϝ় āϝে āĻŦāύ্āϝা āĻšāϝ়। āĻŦāϰ্āώাāϝ় āύāĻĻীāϰ āĻĒাāύি āĻŦাāĻĄ়āϞে āϤা āϤāϞিāϝ়ে āϝাāϝ় āϜāĻŽি, āĻļāĻšāϰ āĻ“ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦিāϏ্āϤীāϰ্āĻŖ āĻāϞাāĻ•া। āϏুāϤāϰাং, āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻŦেāĻļি āϜāϞ āĻĨাāĻ•āϞে āĻāϟি āĻĒ্āϰāϚুāϰ āĻĻুāϰ্āĻ­োāĻ— āύিāϝ়ে āφāϏে। āĻĻীāϰ্āϘ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āϧāϰে āĻŦৃāώ্āϟিāĻĒাāϤ āύা āĻšāϞে āĻ–āϰা āĻĻেāĻ–া āĻĻেāϝ়। āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āύāĻĻীāĻ—ুāϞি āĻļুāĻ•িāϝ়ে āϝাāϝ়, āĻŦা āĻ­ূāĻ—āϰ্āĻ­āϏ্āĻĨ āϜāϞেāϰ āϏ্āϤāϰ āĻ–ুāĻŦ āύীāϚে āĻĄুāĻŦে āϝেāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āϤাāχ āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ•āĻŽ āĻĒাāύি āĻĨাāĻ•āϞে āϤাāĻ“ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻĻুāϰ্āĻ­োāĻ—েāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āĻšāϝ়ে āĻĻাঁāĻĄ়াāϝ়। āĻĒৃāĻĨিāĻŦীāϤে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āύিāϰাāĻĒāĻĻ āĻ“ āĻŦিāĻļুāĻĻ্āϧ āĻĒাāύি āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāϜāύ।

Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph Class Six English Paragraph Class Six English Paragraph Class Six English Paragraph Class Six English Paragraph Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph,. Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph, Class Six English Paragraph,

B. CLASS SIX NON-TEXTUAL PARAGRAPH



17. Write a paragraph on 'Your Mother' by answering the following questions : 
(a) Who is your mother? 
(c) What is she? 
(b) How is she when you are ill? 
(d) What does she do in the time of leisure? 

 MY MOTHER 


There is no word sweeter than the name of mother. In this world, all human beings can be passionate by the utterance of the word mother. The name of my mother is Mrs. Momtaz Rahman. She is about forty years old. I love my mother most because she is dearest to me. My mother is an ideal and modest housewife. She is polite, affectionate and intelligent. Although she always remains busy with our house hold chores, she is very much conscious about all the members of our family. My mother is a kind-hearted woman, she is very much conscious about my study and my health. She is a religious minded woman and a follower of strict principles. She helps the poor and helpless people in our village. Above all, she bears a moral character along with multifarious qualities. There is none so dear to me as my mother. She is a lady to whom I always pay due respect. I am greatly boastful of my mother.

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

17. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻŽা'-āĻāϰ āωāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
(āĻ•) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻŽা āĻ•ে?
(āĻ—) āϏে āĻ•ি?
(āĻ–) āφāĻĒāύি āĻ…āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻšāϞে āϤিāύি āĻ•েāĻŽāύ āφāĻ›েāύ?
(d) āĻ…āĻŦāϏāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝ়ে āϏে āĻ•ি āĻ•āϰে?

 āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽা


āĻŽাāϝ়েāϰ āύাāĻŽেāϰ āϚেāϝ়ে āĻŽāϧুāϰ āĻ•োāύো āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻ āύেāχ। āĻāχ āĻĒৃāĻĨিāĻŦীāϤে āĻŽা āĻļāĻŦ্āĻĻেāϰ āωāϚ্āϚাāϰāĻŖে āϏāĻ•āϞ āĻŽাāύুāώāχ āφāĻŦেāĻ—āĻĒ্āϰāĻŦāĻŖ āĻšāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽাāϝ়েāϰ āύাāĻŽ āĻŽিāϏেāϏ āĻŽāĻŽāϤাāϜ āϰāĻšāĻŽাāύ। āϤাāϰ āĻŦāϝ়āϏ āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় āϚāϞ্āϞিāĻļ। āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽাāĻ•ে āϏāĻŦāϚেāϝ়ে āĻŦেāĻļি āĻ­াāϞোāĻŦাāϏি āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āϤিāύি āφāĻŽাāϰ āϏāĻŦāϚেāϝ়ে āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ়। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽা āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āφāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻ“ āĻŦিāύāϝ়ী āĻ—ৃāĻšিāĻŖী। āϤিāύি āĻŦিāύāϝ়ী, āϏ্āύেāĻšāĻļীāϞ āĻāĻŦং āĻŦুāĻĻ্āϧিāĻŽাāύ। āϝāĻĻিāĻ“ āϏে āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϘāϰেāϰ āĻ•াāϜে āĻŦ্āϝāϏ্āϤ āĻĨাāĻ•ে, āϤāĻŦুāĻ“ āϏে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āϏāĻ•āϞ āϏāĻĻāϏ্āϝেāϰ āĻŦ্āϝাāĻĒাāϰে āĻ…āύেāĻ• āϏāϚেāϤāύ। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽা āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻĻāϝ়াāϞু āĻŽāĻšিāϞা, āϤিāύি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒāĻĄ়াāĻļোāύা āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽাāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āĻ–ুāĻŦ āϏāϚেāϤāύ। āϤিāύি āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āϧāϰ্āĻŽীāϝ় āĻŽাāύāϏিāĻ•āϤাāϰ āύাāϰী āĻāĻŦং āĻ•āĻ োāϰ āύীāϤিāϰ āĻ…āύুāϏাāϰী। āϤিāύি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻĻāϰিāĻĻ্āϰ āĻ“ āĻ…āϏāĻšাāϝ় āĻŽাāύুāώāĻ•ে āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻ•āϰেāύ। āϏāϰ্āĻŦোāĻĒāϰি, āϤিāύি āĻŦāĻšুāĻŦিāϧ āĻ—ুāĻŖাāĻŦāϞী āϏāĻš āĻāĻ•āϟি āύৈāϤিāĻ• āϚāϰিāϤ্āϰ āĻŦāĻšāύ āĻ•āϰেāύ। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽাāϝ়েāϰ āĻŽāϤো āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āφāϰ āĻ•েāω āύেāχ। āϤিāύি āĻāĻŽāύ āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻŽāĻšিāϞা āϝাāĻ•ে āφāĻŽি āϏāϰ্āĻŦāĻĻা āϝāĻĨাāϝāĻĨ āϏāĻŽ্āĻŽাāύ āĻ•āϰি। āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽাāĻ•ে āύিāϝ়ে āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ…āĻšংāĻ•াāϰী। 

18. Write a paragraph on 'Your Native Village' by answering the following questions : 
(a) What is the name of your native village? 
(b) How many people are there in your native village? 
(c) What institutions are there in your native village? 
(d) How is your native village? 

 MY NATIVE VILLAGE 


The name of my native village is Hasanpur and it is in the district of Pabna. It is a big village and almost five thousand people live in this village. Most of the people of this village are farmers. Some people of this village are also engaged in other professions. It has a high school, a college, two primary schools, three mosques, a hospital, a post office, etc. For all these other villages are also dependent on our village. The natural sight of our village attracts all kinds of people. It looks like a wonderland. A small river flowing by the side of our village adds a special beauty to it. We bathe in the river and catch fish in it. Sometimes, the villagers arrange boat race in this river. My village is blessed with so much natural gifts and beauties. I am proud of my native village.

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ: 

18. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āφāĻĻি āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽ'-āĻ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
(āĻ•) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āύাāĻŽ āĻ•ি?
(āĻ–) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽে āĻ•āϤāϜāύ āϞোāĻ• āφāĻ›ে?
(āĻ—) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āύিāϜ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽে āĻ•োāύ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāώ্āĻ াāύ āφāĻ›ে?
(d) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āφāĻĻি āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽ āĻ•েāĻŽāύ?

 āφāĻŽাāϰ āύেāϟিāĻ­ āĻ­িāϞেāϜ


āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āύাāĻŽ āĻšাāϏাāύāĻĒুāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻāϟি āĻĒাāĻŦāύা āϜেāϞাāϝ়। āĻāϟি āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽ āĻāĻŦং āĻāχ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় āĻĒাঁāϚ āĻšাāϜাāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻŦāϏāĻŦাāϏ। āĻ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻ…āϧিāĻ•াংāĻļ āĻŽাāύুāώāχ āĻ•ৃāώāĻ•। āĻ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻ…āύ্āϝ āĻĒেāĻļাāϝ়āĻ“ āύিāϝ়োāϜিāϤ। āĻāĻ–াāύে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻšাāχāϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ, āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ•āϞেāϜ, āĻĻুāϟি āĻĒ্āϰাāĻĨāĻŽিāĻ• āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়, āϤিāύāϟি āĻŽāϏāϜিāĻĻ, āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻšাāϏāĻĒাāϤাāϞ, āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĒোāϏ্āϟ āĻ…āĻĢিāϏ āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻāϏāĻŦেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ…āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽāĻ—ুāϞিāĻ“ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āωāĻĒāϰ āύিāϰ্āĻ­āϰāĻļীāϞ। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āĻĻৃāĻļ্āϝ āϏāĻŦ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώāĻ•ে āφāĻ•ৃāώ্āϟ āĻ•āϰে। āĻāϟি āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦিāϏ্āĻŽāϝ়āĻ•āϰ āĻĻেāĻļ āĻŽāύে āĻšāϝ়. āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻĒাāĻļ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻŦāϝ়ে āϚāϞা āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ›োāϟ āύāĻĻী āĻāϤে āĻāĻ• āĻŦিāĻļেāώ āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝ āϝোāĻ— āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ে। āφāĻŽāϰা āύāĻĻীāϤে āĻ—োāϏāϞ āĻ•āϰি āĻāĻŦং āĻŽাāĻ› āϧāϰি। āĻŽাāĻে āĻŽাāĻে āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽāĻŦাāϏীāϰা āĻāχ āύāĻĻীāϤে āύৌāĻ•াāĻŦাāχāϚ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāϝোāĻ—িāϤাāϰ āφāϝ়োāϜāύ āĻ•āϰে। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽ āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āωāĻĒāĻšাāϰ āĻāĻŦং āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝে āϧāύ্āϝ। āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āϜāύ্āĻŽ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽ āύিāϝ়ে āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦিāϤ।
19. Write a paragraph on 'Your Daily Life' by answering the following questions : 
(a) When do you get up from bed? 
(d) When do you go to bed? 
(b) What do you do in the afternoon?
(e) When do you go to school? 
(c) What do you do after rising from bed? 

 MY DAILY LIFE 


I am a student and I read in Class VII. I get up early in the morning from bed and brush my teeth. Then I go out for walk and return home after some time. Then I take my breakfast and go to my reading room. I read till 9:30 am and then take my bath. I go to school at 10 am and attend my classes. I return from school at 4 pm and take my lunch. I go to the field at 5 pm and play with my friends. After returning from field, I have a nice shower and have tea with other members of my family. After Magrib prayer, I sit to study and continue till 9.30 pm. Then I take supper and enjoy TV news. At 11 pm, I go to sleep after brushing my teeth.

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

19. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻĻৈāύāύ্āĻĻিāύ āϜীāĻŦāύ'-āĻ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
(āĻ•) āφāĻĒāύি āĻ•āĻ–āύ āĻŦিāĻ›াāύা āĻĨেāĻ•ে āωāĻ āĻŦেāύ?
(d) āφāĻĒāύি āĻ•āĻ–āύ āϘুāĻŽাāϤে āϝাāύ?
(āĻ–) āφāĻĒāύি āĻŦিāĻ•েāϞে āĻ•ি āĻ•āϰেāύ?
(āĻ™) āφāĻĒāύি āĻ•āĻ–āύ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āϝাāύ?
(āĻ—) āĻŦিāĻ›াāύা āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻ“āĻ াāϰ āĻĒāϰ āφāĻĒāύি āĻ•ী āĻ•āϰেāύ?

  āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĻৈāύāύ্āĻĻিāύ āϜীāĻŦāύ


āφāĻŽি āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰ āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽি āϏāĻĒ্āϤāĻŽ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāϤে āĻĒāĻĄ়ি। āφāĻŽি āϏāĻ•াāϞে āϘুāĻŽ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āωāĻ ে āĻĻাঁāϤ āĻŦ্āϰাāĻļ āĻ•āϰি। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻšাঁāϟāϤে āĻŦেāϰ āĻšāχ āĻāĻŦং āĻ•িāĻ›ুāĻ•্āώāĻŖ āĻĒāϰ āĻŦাāϏাāϝ় āĻĢিāϰে āφāϏি। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āύাāϏ্āϤা āĻ•āϰে āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒāĻĄ়াāϰ āϘāϰে āϚāϞে āϝাāχ। āϏāĻ•াāϞ āϏাāĻĄ়ে ⧝āϟা āĻĒāϰ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻĒāĻĄ়ি āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻ—োāϏāϞ āĻ•āϰি। āφāĻŽি āϏāĻ•াāϞ ā§§ā§Ļāϟাāϝ় āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āϝাāχ āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•্āϞাāϏে āωāĻĒāϏ্āĻĨিāϤ āĻšāχ। āφāĻŽি āĻŦিāĻ•েāϞ ā§Ēāϟাāϝ় āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻĢিāϰে āĻĻুāĻĒুāϰেāϰ āĻ–াāĻŦাāϰ āĻ–াāχ। āĻŦিāĻ•েāϞ ā§Ģāϟাāϝ় āĻŽাāĻ ে āϝাāχ āĻāĻŦং āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻ–েāϞি। āĻŽাāĻ  āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻĢিāϰে, āφāĻŽি āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āĻ—োāϏāϞ āĻ•āϰি āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āĻ…āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āϏāĻĻāϏ্āϝāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϚা āĻ–াāχ। āĻŽাāĻ—āϰিāĻŦেāϰ āύাāĻŽাāϜেāϰ āĻĒāϰ āφāĻŽি āĻĒāĻĄ়āϤে āĻŦāϏে āĻĨাāĻ•ি āĻāĻŦং āϰাāϤ āϏাāĻĄ়ে ⧝āϟা āĻĒāϰ্āϝāύ্āϤ āϚāϞāϤে āĻĨাāĻ•ি। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āφāĻŽি āϰাāϤেāϰ āĻ–াāĻŦাāϰ āĻ—্āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻ•āϰি āĻāĻŦং āϟিāĻ­ি āϏংāĻŦাāĻĻ āωāĻĒāĻ­োāĻ— āĻ•āϰি। āϰাāϤ ā§§ā§§āϟাāϝ় āφāĻŽি āĻĻাঁāϤ āĻŦ্āϰাāĻļ āĻ•āϰে āϘুāĻŽাāϤে āϝাāχ। Class Six English Paragraph

20. Write a paragraph on 'Your Hobby' by answering the following questions : 
(a) What is your hobby? 
(b) What do you do for your hobby?
(c) Why is it your hobby? 
(d) What do the other people think about your hobby? 

 MY HOBBY 


Different people have different hobbies and my favourite hobby is gardening. I like this hobby because it gives me much pleasure and it keeps my mind always fresh. I have a flower garden in front of our house. I have planted a lot of flower plants in my garden. I work in my garden regularly. I make the soil of the garden loose and weed out all kinds of weeds. Different kinds of flowers such as rose, rajanigandha, gandharaj, karabi, sheuli, shefali, ganda, hasnahena, surjamukhi, etc bloom in my garden. These flowers make my garden very charming and spread sweet smell. Whenever I feel mentally exhausted, I stand beside my garden and my mind becomes fresh. Then I can fully devote myself to my studies. My garden is also a source of joy to others. All my neighbours come to see my garden and appreciate my initiative of making such a beautiful garden. So, other people also like my favourite hobby. 
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

20. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļāĻ–'-āĻāϰ āωāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
(āĻ•) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļāĻ– āĻ•ি?
(āĻ–) āφāĻĒāύি āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļāĻ–েāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ•ি āĻ•āϰেāύ?
(āĻ—) āĻ•েāύ āĻāϟা āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļāĻ–?
(d) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļāĻ– āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āĻ…āύ্āϝ āϞোāĻ•েāϰা āĻ•ী āĻ­াāĻŦেāύ?

 āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻļāĻ–


āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āĻļāĻ– āĻĨাāĻ•ে āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻļāĻ– āĻšāϞ āĻŦাāĻ—াāύ āĻ•āϰা। āφāĻŽি āĻāχ āĻļāĻ–āϟি āĻĒāĻ›āύ্āĻĻ āĻ•āϰি āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āĻāϟি āφāĻŽাāĻ•ে āĻ…āύেāĻ• āφāύāύ্āĻĻ āĻĻেāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻāϟি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽāύāĻ•ে āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āϏāϤেāϜ āϰাāĻ–ে। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻĄ়িāϰ āϏাāĻŽāύে āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟা āĻĢুāϞেāϰ āĻŦাāĻ—াāύ āφāĻ›ে। āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻ—াāύে āĻĒ্āϰāϚুāϰ āĻĢুāϞেāϰ āϚাāϰা āϰোāĻĒāĻŖ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ি। āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻ—াāύে āύিāϝ়āĻŽিāϤ āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰি। āφāĻŽি āĻŦাāĻ—াāύেāϰ āĻŽাāϟি āφāϞāĻ—া āĻ•āϰে āĻĻেāχ āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŦ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āφāĻ—াāĻ›া āϤুāϞে āĻĻেāχ। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻ—াāύে āĻ—োāϞাāĻĒ, āϰāϜāύীāĻ—āύ্āϧা, āĻ—āύ্āϧāϰাāϜ, āĻ•āϰāĻŦী, āĻļিāωāϞি, āĻļেāĻĢাāϞী, āĻ—āύ্āĻĄা, āĻšাāϏāύাāĻšেāύা, āϏুāϰāϜাāĻŽুāĻ–ী āĻĒ্āϰāĻ­ৃāϤি āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻĢুāϞ āĻĢোāϟে। āĻāχ āĻĢুāϞāĻ—ুāϞি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻ—াāύāĻ•ে āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻŽোāĻšāύীāϝ় āĻ•āϰে āϤোāϞে āĻāĻŦং āĻŽিāώ্āϟি āĻ—āύ্āϧ āĻ›āĻĄ়াāϝ়। āϝāĻ–āύāχ āφāĻŽি āĻŽাāύāϏিāĻ•āĻ­াāĻŦে āĻ•্āϞাāύ্āϤ āĻŦোāϧ āĻ•āϰি, āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻ—াāύেāϰ āĻĒাāĻļে āĻĻাঁāĻĄ়াāχ āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽāύ āϏāϤেāϜ āĻšāϝ়ে āĻ“āĻ ে। āϤাāĻšāϞে āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒāĻĄ়াāĻļোāύাāϝ় āύিāϜেāĻ•ে āĻĒুāϰোāĻĒুāϰি āύিāϝ়োāϜিāϤ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰāĻŦ। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻ—াāύāĻ“ āĻ…āύ্āϝāĻĻেāϰ āφāύāύ্āĻĻেāϰ āĻ‰ā§ŽāϏ। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻŦেāĻļীāϰা āϏāĻŦাāχ āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦাāĻ—াāύ āĻĻেāĻ–āϤে āφāϏে āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻāϤ āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āĻŦাāĻ—াāύ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āωāĻĻ্āϝোāĻ—েāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļংāϏা āĻ•āϰে। āϤাāχ, āĻ…āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āĻŽাāύুāώāĻ“ āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻļāĻ– āĻĒāĻ›āύ্āĻĻ āĻ•āϰে।

21. Write a paragraph on 'Your National Flag' by answering the following questions : 
 (a) What is a national flag? 
 (b) How is your national flag? 
 (c) What are the significances of different colours of your national flag? 
 (d) What is your feeling about your national flag? 

 OUR NATIONAL FLAG 


A national flag is a special piece of cloth which is the symbol of independence of a country. We are independent and we have a national flag of our own. Our national flag is rectangular in shape. The flag is green in colour with a sun globe in the centre. The green colour signifies the youth, vigour and vitality of our nation. The blood red colour of the flag signifies the historic sacrifice of our nation for struggle of liberation. Our national flag is the strength of our national history and I am proud of it. Whenever we participate in any international meeting or conference, we carry our national flag to represent us. It works as a source of our inspiration and moral courage. We are always conscious of the high dignity of our national flag.

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

21. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻ•া'-āĻāϰ āωāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
 (āĻ•) āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻ•া āĻ•ি?
 (āĻ–) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻ•া āĻ•েāĻŽāύ?
 (āĻ—) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻ•াāϰ āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϰāĻ™েāϰ āϤাā§ŽāĻĒāϰ্āϝ āĻ•ী?
 (d) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻ•া āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ…āύুāĻ­ূāϤি āĻ•ী?

 āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻ•া


āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻ•া āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦিāĻļেāώ āĻ•াāĻĒāĻĄ়েāϰ āϟুāĻ•āϰো āϝা āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύāϤাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤীāĻ•। āφāĻŽāϰা āϏ্āĻŦাāϧীāύ āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āύিāϜāϏ্āĻŦ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻ•া āφāĻ›ে। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻ•া āφāϝ়āϤাāĻ•াāϰ। āĻĒāϤাāĻ•াāϰ āĻŽাāĻāĻ–াāύে āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏূāϰ্āϝেāϰ āĻ—্āϞোāĻŦ āϏāĻš āϏāĻŦুāϜ āϰāĻ™েāϰ। āϏāĻŦুāϜ āϰāĻ™ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜাāϤিāϰ āϤাāϰুāĻŖ্āϝ, āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖāĻļāĻ•্āϤি āĻ“ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖāĻļāĻ•্āϤিāĻ•ে āύিāϰ্āĻĻেāĻļ āĻ•āϰে। āĻĒāϤাāĻ•াāϰ āϰāĻ•্āϤেāϰ āϞাāϞ āϰāĻ™ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜাāϤিāϰ āĻŽুāĻ•্āϤিāϰ āϏংāĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āϐāϤিāĻšাāϏিāĻ• āφāϤ্āĻŽāϤ্āϝাāĻ—েāϰ āχāĻ™্āĻ—িāϤ āĻĻেāϝ়। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻ•া āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āχāϤিāĻšাāϏেāϰ āĻļāĻ•্āϤি āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽি āĻāϟি āύিāϝ়ে āĻ—āϰ্āĻŦিāϤ। āϝāĻ–āύāχ āφāĻŽāϰা āĻ•োāύো āφāύ্āϤāϰ্āϜাāϤিāĻ• āϏāĻ­া āĻŦা āϏāĻŽ্āĻŽেāϞāύে āĻ…ংāĻļāĻ—্āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻ•āϰি, āφāĻŽāϰা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāύিāϧিāϤ্āĻŦ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻ•া āĻŦāĻšāύ āĻ•āϰি। āĻāϟা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ…āύুāĻĒ্āϰেāϰāĻŖা āĻāĻŦং āύৈāϤিāĻ• āϏাāĻšāϏেāϰ āĻ‰ā§ŽāϏ āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰে। āφāĻŽāϰা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜাāϤীāϝ় āĻĒāϤাāĻ•াāϰ āωāϚ্āϚ āĻŽāϰ্āϝাāĻĻা āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āϏāϰ্āĻŦāĻĻা āϏāϚেāϤāύ।

22. Write a paragraph on 'Your School' by answering the following questions : 
 (a) What is the name of your school? 
 (b) Where is it? 
 (c) How is your school? 
 (d) How many students and teachers are there? 

 OUR SCHOOL 


The name of our school is Bonogram High School and it is one of the well-known schools of our district. The school building is very nice and it is two-storeyed. The school has twenty rooms. Our Headmaster has a separate room. There is an office room in the school and the clerks work there. There is a spacious room for the teachers and a common room for the students. The school has twenty teachers and six hundred students. All the teachers are qualified and they are very helpful to us. The result of the school is also satisfactory. We consider our school as a real home of learning. A congenial atmosphere prevails in the school and everybody is co-operative to the development of the school. Our school is heavenlike and I love my school very much.
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

22. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ'-āĻ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
  (āĻ•) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞেāϰ āύাāĻŽ āĻ•ি?
  (āĻ–) āĻāϟা āĻ•োāĻĨাāϝ়?
  (āĻ—) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻ•েāĻŽāύ?
  (āϘ) āĻ•āϤāϜāύ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰ āĻ“ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ• āφāĻ›ে?

  āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ


  āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āύাāĻŽ āĻŦāύāĻ—্āϰাāĻŽ āωāϚ্āϚ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻāϟি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜেāϞাāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏুāĻĒāϰিāϚিāϤ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়। āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻ­āĻŦāύāϟি āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻāϟি āĻĻোāϤāϞা। āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়ে āĻŦিāĻļāϟি āĻ•āĻ•্āώ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻšেāĻĄāĻŽাāϏ্āϟাāϰেāϰ āφāϞাāĻĻা āϰুāĻŽ āφāĻ›ে। āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āĻĢিāϏ āĻ•āĻ•্āώ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে āĻāĻŦং āϏেāĻ–াāύে āĻ•েāϰাāύিāϰা āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰেāύ। āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ•āĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĒ্āϰāĻļāϏ্āϤ āĻ•āĻ•্āώ āĻāĻŦং āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ•āĻŽāύ āϰুāĻŽ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়āϟিāϤে āĻŦিāĻļāϜāύ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ• āĻ“ āĻ›āϝ়āĻļāϤ āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨী āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āϏāĻ•āϞ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ•āχ āϝোāĻ—্āϝ āĻāĻŦং āϤাāϰা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āϏāĻšাāϝ়āĻ•। āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻĢāϞাāĻĢāϞāĻ“ āϏāύ্āϤোāώāϜāύāĻ•। āφāĻŽāϰা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞāĻ•ে āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ āφāϏāϞ āϘāϰ āĻšিāϏাāĻŦে āĻŦিāĻŦেāϚāύা āĻ•āϰি। āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏৌāĻšাāϰ্āĻĻ্āϝāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦেāĻļ āĻŦিāϰাāϜ āĻ•āϰāĻ›ে āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŦাāχ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āωāύ্āύāϝ়āύে āϏāĻšāϝোāĻ—িāϤা āĻ•āϰāĻ›ে। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āϏ্āĻŦāϰ্āĻ—েāϰ āĻŽāϤ āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞāĻ•ে āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ­াāϞāĻŦাāϏি।

23. Write a paragraph on 'My Classroom' by answering the following questions: 
(a) What is a classroom? 
(b) How is your classroom? 
(c) How many students can seat in your classroom? 
(d) What things are there in your classroom? 
(e) What is your feeling about your classroom? 

 MY CLASSROOM 


 The room which is used to hold classes is called a classroom. My classroom is on the third floor of our school. It is forty feet long and thirty feet wide. It is gigantic in size. It is well ventilated. Almost eighty students can sit it. It has two doors and four big windows. There are forty desks in three rows in my classroom. There are five fans, four tube-lights, a white board and a dustbin in my classroom. There is also a high dias with a chair and a table for the teacher, so that the teacher can observe us properly from a high place. My classroom is neat and clean. I feel serenity and relief in my classroom because my classroom is calm and quiet. All these things make my classroom a standard. Class 6 English Paragraph
 
āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

23. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽ'-āĻ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
(āĻ•) āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻ•āĻ•্āώ āĻ•ি?
(āĻ–) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ•্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽ āĻ•েāĻŽāύ?
(āĻ—) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻ•āĻ•্āώে āĻ•āϤāϜāύ āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨী āĻŦāϏāϤে āĻĒাāϰে?
(d) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻ•āĻ•্āώে āĻ•ি āϜিāύিāϏ āφāĻ›ে?
(āĻ™) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻ•āĻ•্āώ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ…āύুāĻ­ূāϤি āĻ•ি?

 āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻ•āĻ•্āώ


 āϝে āĻ•āĻ•্āώāϟি āĻ•্āϞাāϏ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšৃāϤ āĻšāϝ় āϤাāĻ•ে āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻ•āĻ•্āώ āĻŦāϞে। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞেāϰ āϤৃāϤীāϝ় āϤāϞাāϝ়। āĻāϟি āϚāϞ্āϞিāĻļ āĻĢুāϟ āϞāĻŽ্āĻŦা āĻāĻŦং āϤ্āϰিāĻļ āĻĢুāϟ āϚāĻ“āĻĄ়া। āĻāϟি āφāĻ•াāϰে āĻŦিāĻļাāϞ। āĻāϟি āĻ­াāϞ āĻŦাāϝ়ুāϚāϞাāϚāϞ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়. āĻāϤে āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় āφāĻļিāϜāύ āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨী āĻŦāϏāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻāϰ āĻĻুāϟি āĻĻāϰāϜা āĻāĻŦং āϚাāϰāϟি āĻŦāĻĄ় āϜাāύাāϞা āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽে āϤিāύ āϏাāϰিāϤে āϚāϞ্āϞিāĻļāϟি āĻĄেāϏ্āĻ• āφāĻ›ে। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽে āĻĒাঁāϚāϟি āĻĢ্āϝাāύ, āϚাāϰāϟি āϟিāωāĻŦ-āϞাāχāϟ, āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏাāĻĻা āĻŦোāϰ্āĻĄ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĄাāϏ্āϟāĻŦিāύ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ•েāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϚেāϝ়াāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻ•āϟি āϟেāĻŦিāϞ āϏāĻš āĻāĻ•āϟি āωāϚ্āϚ āĻĄাāϝ়াāϏ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে, āϝাāϤে āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ• āωāϚ্āϚ āϏ্āĻĨাāύ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏāĻ িāĻ•āĻ­াāĻŦে āĻĒāϰ্āϝāĻŦেāĻ•্āώāĻŖ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰেāύ। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽ āĻĒāϰিāĻĒাāϟি āĻāĻŦং āĻĒāϰিāώ্āĻ•াāϰ. āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻ•āĻ•্āώে āĻĒ্āϰāĻļাāύ্āϤি āĻāĻŦং āϏ্āĻŦāϏ্āϤি āĻ…āύুāĻ­āĻŦ āĻ•āϰি āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāĻ•āĻ•্āώ āĻļাāύ্āϤ āĻāĻŦং āĻļাāύ্āϤ। āĻāχ āϏāĻŦ āϜিāύিāϏ āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•্āϞাāϏāϰুāĻŽ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŽাāύ.

24. Write a paragraph on 'Your Class Teacher' by answering the following questions: 
(a) Who is your class teacher? 
(d) How is his teaching method? 
(b) What is his qualification? 
(e) What do you know about his behaviour? 
(c) What does he do to the students?

 MY CLASS TEACHER 


 All of my teachers are good but my class teacher Mr. Mahabub Khan is favourite to me. He is our English teacher. He has all the qualities of a good teacher. He is a brilliant scholar with a sound academic career. He is an M.A in English. He is very candid in his activities. He is also diligent. He is helpful to the students. His teaching method is simple and lucid. He has a strong, clear and pleasant voice. He is able to make understood to his students in a easy ay. For this reason he can draw the attention of the student and can make the lesson interesting. Mr. Khan is not only a teacher but also a friend to the students. He treats his students like his children and he is very sympathetic to them. He is also enriched with a good secuse of Lurour. He possesses a good moral character. He is very strict to law and to his principles. He is respected by everyone for his all these qualities. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

24. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ•্āϞাāϏ āϟিāϚাāϰ' āĻāϰ āωāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
(āĻ•) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ•্āϞাāϏ āϟিāϚাāϰ āĻ•ে?
(d) āϤাāϰ āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāĻĻাāύ āĻĒāĻĻ্āϧāϤি āĻ•েāĻŽāύ?
(āĻ–) āϤাāϰ āϝোāĻ—্āϝāϤা āĻ•ী?
(āĻ™) āφāĻĒāύি āϤাāϰ āφāϚāϰāĻŖ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āĻ•ি āϜাāύেāύ?
(āĻ—) āϤিāύি āĻ›াāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•ি āĻ•āϰেāύ?

 āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•্āϞাāϏ āϟিāϚাāϰ


 āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ•āϰা āϏāĻŦাāχ āĻ­াāϞো āĻ•িāύ্āϤু āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•্āϞাāϏ āϟিāϚাāϰ āϜāύাāĻŦ āĻŽাāĻšাāĻŦুāĻŦ āĻ–াāύ āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•াāĻ›ে āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ়। āϤিāύি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āχংāϰেāϜি āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ•। āϤাāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻ­াāϞো āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ•েāϰ āϏāĻŦ āĻ—ুāĻŖ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āϤিāύি āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ­াāϞো āĻāĻ•াāĻĄেāĻŽিāĻ• āĻ•্āϝাāϰিāϝ়াāϰেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āωāϜ্āϜ্āĻŦāϞ āĻĒāĻŖ্āĻĄিāϤ। āϤিāύি āχংāϰেāϜিāϤে M.A. āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻ•āϰ্āĻŽāĻ•াāύ্āĻĄে āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āφāύ্āϤāϰিāĻ•। āϤিāύিāĻ“ āĻĒāϰিāĻļ্āϰāĻŽী। āϤিāύি āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϏāĻšাāϝ়āĻ•। āϤাāϰ āĻĒাāĻ āĻĻাāύ āĻĒāĻĻ্āϧāϤি āϏāĻšāϜ āĻ“ āϏুāϏ্āĻĒāώ্āϟ। āϤাāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻļāĻ•্āϤিāĻļাāϞী, āĻĒāϰিāώ্āĻ•াāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻŽāύোāϰāĻŽ āĻ•āĻŖ্āĻ āϏ্āĻŦāϰ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āϤিāύি āϏāĻšāϜে āϤাāϰ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦোāĻাāϤে āϏāĻ•্āώāĻŽ। āĻ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে āϏে āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāϰ āĻĻৃāώ্āϟি āφāĻ•āϰ্āώāĻŖ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āĻāĻŦং āĻĒাāĻ āĻ•ে āφāĻ•āϰ্āώāĻŖীāϝ় āĻ•āϰে āϤুāϞāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āϜāύাāĻŦ āĻ–াāύ āĻļুāϧু āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ•āχ āύāύ, āĻ›াāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻ“ āĻŦāϟে। āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϤাāϰ āϏāύ্āϤাāύেāϰ āĻŽāϤো āφāϚāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰেāύ āĻāĻŦং āϤিāύি āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻ…āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āϏāĻšাāύুāĻ­ূāϤিāĻļীāϞ। āϤিāύি Lurour āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ­াāϞ secuse āϏāĻ™্āĻ—ে āϏāĻŽৃāĻĻ্āϧ āĻšāϝ়. āϤিāύি āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ­াāϞ āύৈāϤিāĻ• āϚāϰিāϤ্āϰেāϰ āĻ…āϧিāĻ•াāϰী। āϤিāύি āφāχāύ āĻāĻŦং āϤাāϰ āύীāϤিāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻ…āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻ•āĻ োāϰ। āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻāχ āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϤ āĻ—ুāĻŖাāĻŦāϞীāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϏāĻ•āϞেāϰ āĻ•াāĻ›ে āϏāĻŽ্āĻŽাāύিāϤ। Class 6 English Paragraph

25. Write a paragraph on 'My favourite food' by answering the following questions. 
 (a) What is your favourite food? 
 (c) Why do you like it? 
 (b) How is it made? 
 (d) Is it always available? 

 MY FAVOURITE FOOD 


 Food is very important for our body because we can not live without it. We should eat nutritious food. Food must contain natural elements that our body needs to grow properly. My favorite food is custard. It is very easy to prepare. I can prepare it myself. Often I have it in the evening. Milk and fruits of different kind are needed to prepare custard. We need to drink milk everyday. Milk is rich in calcium. It is good for our healthy growth. It makes our bones and teeth strong. We must eat fruits. They contain a lot of vitamins and minerals. They keep our body free from diseases. They are also good for our skin and health. I get all the necessary vitamins in custard. It is very delicious as well as nutritious. I like to take it very much. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

25. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻ–াāĻŦাāϰ'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
  (āĻ•) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻ–াāĻŦাāϰ āĻ•ি?
  (āĻ—) āĻ•েāύ āφāĻĒāύি āĻāϟা āĻĒāĻ›āύ্āĻĻ āĻ•āϰেāύ?
  (āĻ–) āĻāϟা āĻ•িāĻ­াāĻŦে āϤৈāϰি āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়?
  (d) āĻāϟা āĻ•ি āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻĒাāĻ“āϝ়া āϝাāϝ়?

  āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻ–াāĻĻ্āϝ

āĻ–াāĻĻ্āϝ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļāϰীāϰেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āĻāϟি āĻ›াāĻĄ়া āφāĻŽāϰা āĻŦাঁāϚāϤে āĻĒাāϰি āύা। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒুāώ্āϟিāĻ•āϰ āĻ–াāĻŦাāϰ āĻ–েāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āĻ–াāĻŦাāϰে āĻ…āĻŦāĻļ্āϝāχ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āωāĻĒাāĻĻাāύ āĻĨাāĻ•āϤে āĻšāĻŦে āϝা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļāϰীāϰেāϰ āϏāĻ িāĻ•āĻ­াāĻŦে āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧিāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāϜāύ। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻ–াāĻŦাāϰ āĻ•াāϏ্āϟাāϰ্āĻĄ। āĻāϟি āĻĒ্āϰāϏ্āϤুāϤ āĻ•āϰা āĻ–ুāĻŦ āϏāĻšāϜ। āφāĻŽি āύিāϜেāχ āĻāϟি āĻĒ্āϰāϏ্āϤুāϤ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি। āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ়āχ āφāĻŽি āϏāύ্āϧ্āϝাāϝ় āĻāϟা āφāĻ›ে. āĻ•াāϏ্āϟাāϰ্āĻĄ āϤৈāϰিāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻĻুāϧ āĻ“ āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻĢāϞ āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāϜāύ। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻĻিāύ āĻĻুāϧ āĻĒাāύ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āĻĻুāϧে āĻĒ্āϰāϚুāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŽাāĻŖে āĻ•্āϝাāϞāϏিāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻĨাāĻ•ে। āĻāϟা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧিāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ­াāϞো। āĻāϟি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻšাāĻĄ় āĻ“ āĻĻাঁāϤāĻ•ে āĻŽāϜāĻŦুāϤ āĻ•āϰে। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĢāϞ āĻ–েāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āĻāĻ—ুāϞিāϤে āĻĒ্āϰāϚুāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŽাāĻŖে āĻ­িāϟাāĻŽিāύ āĻāĻŦং āĻ–āύিāϜ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻāĻ—ুāϞো āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļāϰীāϰāĻ•ে āϰোāĻ—āĻŽুāĻ•্āϤ āϰাāĻ–ে। āĻāĻ—ুāϞো āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϤ্āĻŦāĻ• āĻ“ āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝāĻ“ āĻ­াāϞো। āĻ•াāϏ্āϟাāϰ্āĻĄে āĻĒ্āϰāϝ়োāϜāύীāϝ় āϏāĻŦ āĻ­িāϟাāĻŽিāύ āĻĒাāχ। āĻāϟি āϝেāĻŽāύ āĻ…āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāĻĻু āϤেāĻŽāύি āĻĒুāώ্āϟিāĻ•āϰāĻ“ āĻŦāϟে। āφāĻŽি āĻāϟা āύিāϤে āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻĒāĻ›āύ্āĻĻ āĻ•āϰি।

26. Write a paragraph on 'Your Pet Animal' by answering the following questions : 
 (a) What is the name of your pet animal? 
 (c) What is its food? 
 (b) How is it? 
 (d) How do you feel about it? 

 MY PET ANIMAL


 The animal which is kept as pet is called a pet animal. I have a pet animal. My pet animal is a cat. I call it pushi. He is a tiny animal. It looks very attractive and the colour of my pushi is white. So it is very easy to find it out at night. Pushi has knife-like claws. Its whole body is covered with the soft hair. He is a healthy baby so he looks like a little tiger. Pushi is fond of milk and fish. It is very much obident to us. It likes to play and sleep with me. It is friendly towards my family. For this reasons, it never harms anybody. It likes to sit beside me and moves with me. At night Pushi always preys rats by its claws. It attends to the call of nature in a particular corner of our house. It never tries to steal anything from our kitchen. I have soft-corner for my beloved Pushi because of its clean habits and useful service.

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

26. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী'-āĻāϰ āωāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
 (āĻ•) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖীāϰ āύাāĻŽ āĻ•ি?
 (āĻ—) āĻāϰ āĻ–াāĻĻ্āϝ āĻ•ী?
 (āĻ–) āĻāϟা āĻ•েāĻŽāύ?
 (d) āφāĻĒāύি āĻāϟি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āĻ•েāĻŽāύ āĻ…āύুāĻ­āĻŦ āĻ•āϰেāύ?

 āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী


 āϝে āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖীāϟিāĻ•ে āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী āĻšিāϏাāĻŦে āϰাāĻ–া āĻšāϝ় āϤাāĻ•ে āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী āĻŦāϞে। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী āφāĻ›ে। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒোāώা āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦিāĻĄ়াāϞ. āφāĻŽি āĻāϟাāĻ•ে āĻĒুāĻļি āĻŦāϞি। āϏে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ•্āώুāĻĻ্āϰ āĻĒ্āϰাāĻŖী। āĻāϟা āĻĻেāĻ–āϤে āĻ–ুāĻŦ āφāĻ•āϰ্āώāĻŖীāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒুāĻļিāϰ āϰং āϏাāĻĻা। āϤাāχ āϰাāϤে āĻāϟি āĻ–ুঁāϜে āĻŦেāϰ āĻ•āϰা āĻ–ুāĻŦ āϏāĻšāϜ। āĻĒুāĻļিāϰ āĻ›ুāϰিāϰ āĻŽāϤো āύāĻ–āϰ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āύāϰāĻŽ āϞোāĻŽে āϤাāϰ āϏাāϰা āĻļāϰীāϰ āĻĸাāĻ•া। āϏে āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻļিāĻļু āϤাāχ āϤাāĻ•ে āĻĻেāĻ–āϤে āĻ…āύেāĻ•āϟা āĻŦাāϘেāϰ āĻŽāϤো। āĻĒুāĻļি āĻĻুāϧ āĻ“ āĻŽাāĻ›েāϰ āĻļৌāĻ–িāύ। āĻāϟা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•াāĻ›ে āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻŦেāĻļি āĻŦোāϧāĻ—āĻŽ্āϝ। āĻāϟা āφāĻŽাāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻ–েāϞāϤে āĻāĻŦং āϘুāĻŽাāϤে āĻĒāĻ›āύ্āĻĻ āĻ•āϰে। āĻāϟা āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦāύ্āϧুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ. āĻāχ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে, āĻāϟি āĻ•āĻ–āύāχ āĻ•াāϰāĻ“ āĻ•্āώāϤি āĻ•āϰে āύা। āĻāϟা āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒাāĻļে āĻŦāϏāϤে āĻĒāĻ›āύ্āĻĻ āĻ•āϰে āĻāĻŦং āφāĻŽাāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϚāϞে। āϰাāϤে āĻĒুāĻļি āϏāĻŦ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āχঁāĻĻুāϰ āĻļিāĻ•াāϰ āĻ•āϰে āϤাāϰ āύāĻ–āϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে। āĻāϟি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāĻĄ়িāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āύিāϰ্āĻĻিāώ্āϟ āĻ•োāĻŖে āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•ৃāϤিāϰ āĻĄাāĻ•ে āϏাāĻĄ়া āĻĻেāϝ়। āĻāϟা āĻ•āĻ–āύো āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϰাāύ্āύাāϘāϰ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻ•িāĻ›ু āϚুāϰি āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϚেāώ্āϟা āĻ•āϰে āύা। āĻĒāϰিāώ্āĻ•াāϰ āĻ…āĻ­্āϝাāϏ āĻāĻŦং āĻĻāϰāĻ•াāϰী āĻĒāϰিāώেāĻŦাāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻĒ্āϰিāϝ় āĻĒুāĻļিāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•াāĻ›ে āύāϰāĻŽ āĻ•োāĻŖ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। Class 6 English Paragraph

27. Suppose you are a student of Class VII. Recently you have celebrated your 14th Birthday. Now write a paragraph on the birthday party you have celebrated by answering the following questions: 
 (a) When did you celebrate your birthday party? 
 (b) How did you decorate your drawing room? 
 (c) Who were invited? 
 (d) How did the function start? 
 (e) How were the guests entertained? 
 (f) When did the function come to an end? 

 A BIRTHDAY PARTY I CELEBRATED 


 Last Monday was my 14th birthday ceremony. On that day I cleaned and decorated our drawing room with colourful paper and flowers. Everything looked very tidy. Some of my relatives and close friends were invited to the birthday party. All the guests came in time. The function started just at 6 pm. All stood around the table and I cut the cake after putting out the candles. All sang in a chorus, "Happy Birthday to You." Different delicious foods were served to the guests. They were eating with a lot of zest, talking and giggling. My elder brother took snaps of some rare moments. A short cultural programme was arranged at the end of the function. The function came to an end at 9 pm. It will remain green in my mind forever. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

27. āϧāϰুāύ āφāĻĒāύি āϏāĻĒ্āϤāĻŽ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāϰ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰ। āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āφāĻĒāύি āφāĻĒāύাāϰ 14 āϤāĻŽ āϜāύ্āĻŽāĻĻিāύ āωāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›েāύ। āĻāĻ–āύ āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āφāĻĒāύি āϝে āϜāύ্āĻŽāĻĻিāύেāϰ āĻĒাāϰ্āϟি āωāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›েāύ āϤাāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
 (āĻ•) āφāĻĒāύি āĻ•āĻ–āύ āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āϜāύ্āĻŽāĻĻিāύ āωāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›েāύ?
 (āĻ–) āφāĻĒāύি āĻ•ীāĻ­াāĻŦে āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻĄ্āϰāϝ়িং āϰুāĻŽ āϏাāϜাāϞেāύ?
 (āĻ—) āĻ•াāĻĻেāϰ āφāĻŽāύ্āϤ্āϰāĻŖ āϜাāύাāύো āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ?
 (d) āĻ•িāĻ­াāĻŦে āĻĢাংāĻļāύ āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ?
 (āĻ™) āĻ•িāĻ­াāĻŦে āĻ…āϤিāĻĨিāĻĻেāϰ āφāĻĒ্āϝাāϝ়āύ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ?
 (f) āĻĢাংāĻļāύāϟি āĻ•āĻ–āύ āĻļেāώ āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ?

 āĻāĻ•āϟি āϜāύ্āĻŽāĻĻিāύেāϰ āĻĒাāϰ্āϟি āφāĻŽি āωāĻĻāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ি


āĻ—āϤ āϏোāĻŽāĻŦাāϰ āĻ›িāϞ āφāĻŽাāϰ ā§§ā§ĒāϤāĻŽ āϜāύ্āĻŽāĻĻিāύেāϰ āĻ…āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ। āϏেāĻĻিāύ āφāĻŽি āϰāĻ™িāύ āĻ•াāĻ—āϜ āφāϰ āĻĢুāϞ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĄ্āϰāϝ়িংāϰুāĻŽ āĻĒāϰিāώ্āĻ•াāϰ āĻ•āϰে āϏাāϜিāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞাāĻŽ। āϏāĻŦāĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻĒāϰিāĻĒাāϟি āϞাāĻ—āĻ›িāϞ। āϜāύ্āĻŽāĻĻিāύেāϰ āĻĒাāϰ্āϟিāϤে āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•িāĻ›ু āφāϤ্āĻŽীāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āϘāύিāώ্āĻ  āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻĻেāϰ āφāĻŽāύ্āϤ্āϰāĻŖ āϜাāύাāύো āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ। āϝāĻĨাāϏāĻŽāϝ়ে āĻ…āϤিāĻĨিāϰা āϏāĻŦাāχ āĻāϏেāĻ›িāϞেāύ। āĻ…āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ় āϏāύ্āϧ্āϝা ā§Ŧāϟাāϝ়। āϏāĻŦাāχ āϟেāĻŦিāϞেāϰ āϚাāϰāĻĒাāĻļে āĻĻাঁāĻĄ়িāϝ়ে āĻŽোāĻŽāĻŦাāϤি āύিāĻ­িāϝ়ে āĻ•েāĻ• āĻ•াāϟāϞাāĻŽ। āϏāĻŦাāχ āĻāĻ• āĻ•োāϰাāϏে āĻ—েāϝ়ে āωāĻ āϞ, "āĻš্āϝাāĻĒি āĻŦাāϰ্āĻĨāĻĄে āϟু āχāω।" āĻ…āϤিāĻĨিāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāĻĻু āĻ–াāĻŦাāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦেāĻļāύ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻ“āϰা āĻ…āύেāĻ• āωāϚ্āĻ›্āĻŦাāϏ āύিāϝ়ে āĻ–াāϚ্āĻ›িāϞ, āĻ•āĻĨা āĻŦāϞāĻ›িāϞ āφāϰ āĻšাāϏāĻ›িāϞ। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻ­াāχ āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻŦিāϰāϞ āĻŽুāĻšূāϰ্āϤেāϰ āĻ›āĻŦি āϤুāϞেāĻ›েāύ। āĻ…āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ āĻļেāώে āϏংāĻ•্āώিāĻĒ্āϤ āϏাংāϏ্āĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āĻ…āύুāώ্āĻ াāύেāϰ āφāϝ়োāϜāύ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻ…āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ āĻļেāώ āĻšāϝ় āϰাāϤ ⧝āϟাāϝ়। āϚিāϰāĻ•াāϞ āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽāύে āϏāĻŦুāϜ āĻĨাāĻ•āĻŦে। Class 6 English Paragraph

28. Write a paragraph on the prize day of your school by answering the following questions: 
 (a) When did your school observe the prize day? 
 (b) How was your school decorated? 
 (c) Who was the chief guest of the programme? 
 (d) How did the programme come to an end? 

 THE PRIZE DAY OF OUR SCHOOL 


The prize day of our school was held on the last 15th February. It was really a memorable day of my life. We decorated our school with coloured papers and flowers. The Chief Guest of the programme was the Deputy Commissioner of our district. When the Chief Guest came, the programme began. The Headmaster read out the annual report of our school. The prize giving ceremony began at 4 pm. The Chief Guest gave away the prizes. I also got a prize for my good result. I felt overjoyed when I got the prize and till now the prize gives me immense inspiration. Everybody was clapping repeatedly when the prizes were being handed over. But the ceremony did not last long. The sun was about to set in and we had to finish before evening. Our headmaster then gave the concluding speech and thanked all concerned and then the programme came to an end. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

28. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞেāϰ āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻ•াāϰেāϰ āĻĻিāύ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
 (āĻ•) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻ•āĻ–āύ āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻ•াāϰ āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ āĻĒাāϞāύ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ে?
 (āĻ–) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻ•েāĻŽāύ āϏাāϜাāύো āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ?
 (āĻ—) āĻ…āύুāώ্āĻ াāύেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻ…āϤিāĻĨি āĻ•ে āĻ›িāϞেāύ?
 (d) āĻĒ্āϰোāĻ—্āϰাāĻŽāϟি āĻ•ীāĻ­াāĻŦে āĻļেāώ āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ?

 āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞেāϰ āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻ•াāϰেāϰ āĻĻিāύ


āĻ—āϤ ā§§ā§Ģ āĻĢেāĻŦ্āϰুāϝ়াāϰি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻ•াāϰ āĻĻিāĻŦāϏ āĻ…āύুāώ্āĻ িāϤ āĻšāϝ়। āĻāϟা āϏāϤ্āϝিāχ āφāĻŽাāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύেāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏ্āĻŽāϰāĻŖীāϝ় āĻĻিāύ āĻ›িāϞ. āφāĻŽāϰা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞāĻ•ে āϰāĻ™িāύ āĻ•াāĻ—āϜ āĻāĻŦং āĻĢুāϞ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϏাāϜিāϝ়েāĻ›ি। āĻ…āύুāώ্āĻ াāύে āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻ…āϤিāĻĨি āĻ›িāϞেāύ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜেāϞাāϰ āϜেāϞা āĻĒ্āϰāĻļাāϏāĻ• āĻŽো. āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻ…āϤিāĻĨি āĻāϞে āĻ…āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ়। āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ• āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻŦাāϰ্āώিāĻ• āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻŦেāĻĻāύ āĻĒাāĻ  āĻ•āϰেāύ। āĻŦিāĻ•াāϞ ā§Ēāϟাāϝ় āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ় āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻ•াāϰ āĻŦিāϤāϰāĻŖী āĻ…āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ। āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻ…āϤিāĻĨি āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻ•াāϰ āĻŦিāϤāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰেāύ। āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ­াāϞো āϰেāϜাāϞ্āϟেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻ•াāϰāĻ“ āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻ›ি। āφāĻŽি āϝāĻ–āύ āĻĒুāϰāώ্āĻ•াāϰ āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞাāĻŽ āϤāĻ–āύ āφāĻŽি āφāύāύ্āĻĻিāϤ āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞাāĻŽ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻ–āύ āĻĒāϰ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻ•াāϰāϟি āφāĻŽাāĻ•ে āĻĒ্āϰāϚুāϰ āĻ…āύুāĻĒ্āϰেāϰāĻŖা āĻĻেāϝ়। āĻĒুāϰāϏ্āĻ•াāϰ āĻĻেāĻ“āϝ়াāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āϏāĻŦাāχ āĻŦাāϰāĻŦাāϰ āĻšাāϤāϤাāϞি āĻĻিāϚ্āĻ›িāϞ। āĻ•িāύ্āϤু āĻ…āύুāώ্āĻ াāύ āĻŦেāĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻŖ āϏ্āĻĨাāϝ়ী āĻšāϝ়āύি। āϏূāϰ্āϝ āĻ…āϏ্āϤ āϝেāϤে āϚāϞেāĻ›ে āĻāĻŦং āϏāύ্āϧ্āϝাāϰ āφāĻ—ে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļেāώ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āĻāϰāĻĒāϰ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ• āϏāĻŽাāĻĒāύী āĻŦāĻ•্āϤāĻŦ্āϝ āĻĻেāύ āĻāĻŦং āϏংāĻļ্āϞিāώ্āϟ āϏāĻ•āϞāĻ•ে āϧāύ্āϝāĻŦাāĻĻ āϜাāύিāϝ়ে āĻ…āύুāώ্āĻ াāύেāϰ āϏāĻŽাāĻĒ্āϤি āϘāϟে। Class 6 English Paragraph

29. Imagine recently you have enjoyed a journey by bus. Now write a paragraph about a journey by bus by answering the following questions: 
 (a) Where did you go? 
 (b) What scenery did you enjoy? 
 (c) When did the bus start? 
 (d) When did the bus reach the destination? 

 A JOURNEY BY BUS I ENJOYED 


During the last winter, I made a journey by bus from Rajshahi to Dhaka. I reached the bus station at 7 am. I bought a ticket and got on the bus. The bus started at 7.30. The bus was running at full speed. I looked outside through the window. Trees, green fields, houses, etc were seemed to be running backward. After an hour our bus began to run through 'Challanbill'. I found only water everywhere. The fishermen were catching fish with small boats and nets. When our bus reached the Bangabandhu bridge, I looked outside. The bridge looked very beautiful. I saw a train crossing our bus. It's really a rare moment that can be found. After about five hours we reached Dhaka. The journey was too much enjoyable. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

29. āĻ•āϞ্āĻĒāύা āĻ•āϰুāύ āφāĻĒāύি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻŦাāϏে āĻ­্āϰāĻŽāĻŖ āωāĻĒāĻ­োāĻ— āĻ•āϰেāĻ›েāύ। āĻāĻ–āύ āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻŦাāϏে āĻ­্āϰāĻŽāĻŖ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
 (āĻ•) āφāĻĒāύি āĻ•োāĻĨাāϝ় āĻ—িāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞেāύ?
 (āĻ–) āφāĻĒāύি āĻ•োāύ āĻĻৃāĻļ্āϝ āωāĻĒāĻ­োāĻ— āĻ•āϰেāĻ›েāύ?
 (c) āĻŦাāϏ āĻ•āĻŦে āĻļুāϰু āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ?
 (d) āĻŦাāϏ āĻ•āĻ–āύ āĻ—āύ্āϤāĻŦ্āϝে āĻĒৌঁāĻ›েāĻ›ে?

 āĻŦাāϏে āĻāĻ•āϟি āϝাāϤ্āϰা āφāĻŽি āωāĻĒāĻ­োāĻ— āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ি


āĻ—āϤ āĻļীāϤে āϰাāϜāĻļাāĻšী āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻĸাāĻ•াāϝ় āĻŦাāϏে āϝাāϤ্āϰা āĻ•āϰেāĻ›িāϞাāĻŽ। āϏāĻ•াāϞ ā§­āϟাāϝ় āĻŦাāϏ āϏ্āϟেāĻļāύে āĻĒৌāĻ›াāϞাāĻŽ। āϟিāĻ•িāϟ āĻ•েāϟে āĻŦাāϏে āωāĻ āϞাāĻŽ। āĻŦাāϏ āϝাāϤ্āϰা āĻļুāϰু āĻ•āϰে āϏাāĻĄ়ে āϏাāϤāϟাāϝ়। āĻŦাāϏāϟি āĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻ—āϤিāϤে āϚāϞāĻ›িāϞ। āϜাāύাāϞা āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻŦাāχāϰে āϤাāĻ•াāϞাāĻŽ। āĻ—াāĻ›āĻĒাāϞা, āϏāĻŦুāϜ āĻŽাāĻ , āϘāϰāĻŦাāĻĄ়ি āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি āĻĒিāĻ›িāϝ়ে āϝাāϚ্āĻ›ে āĻŦāϞে āĻŽāύে āĻšāϚ্āĻ›িāϞ। āϘāĻŖ্āϟাāĻ–াāύেāĻ• āĻĒāϰ āϚāϞāύāĻŦিāϞ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāϏ āϚāϞāϤে āĻļুāϰু āĻ•āϰে। āφāĻŽি āϏāĻŦ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāϝ় āĻļুāϧু āϜāϞ āĻ–ুঁāϜে āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻ›ি। āϜেāϞেāϰা āĻ›োāϟ āύৌāĻ•া āĻ“ āϜাāϞ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻŽাāĻ› āϧāϰāĻ›িāϞ। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāϏ āĻŦāĻ™্āĻ—āĻŦāύ্āϧু āϏেāϤুāϤে āĻĒৌঁāĻ›াāϞে āĻŦাāχāϰে āϤাāĻ•াāϞাāĻŽ। āĻŦ্āϰিāϜāϟা āĻ–ুāĻŦ āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āϞাāĻ—āĻ›িāϞ। āĻĻেāĻ–āϞাāĻŽ āĻāĻ•āϟা āϟ্āϰেāύ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦাāϏ āĻĒাāϰ āĻšāϚ্āĻ›ে। āĻāϟি āϏāϤ্āϝিāχ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦিāϰāϞ āĻŽুāĻšূāϰ্āϤ āϝা āĻĒাāĻ“āϝ়া āϝেāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻĒ্āϰাāϝ় āĻĒাঁāϚ āϘāύ্āϟা āĻĒāϰ āφāĻŽāϰা āĻĸাāĻ•া āĻĒৌāĻ›াāϞাāĻŽ। āϝাāϤ্āϰাāϟা āĻ–ুāĻŦ āφāύāύ্āĻĻāĻĻাāϝ়āĻ• āĻ›িāϞ।

30. Imagine recently you have paid a visit to a book fair. Now write a paragraph about your visit to a book fair by answering the following questions: 
 (a) When was it arranged? 
 (d) Who arranged it? 
 (b) How were the pavilions? 
 (e) How were the stalls? 
 (c) Did you buy any book? 

 A BOOK FAIR I VISITED 


It was the month of February. Bangla Academy arranged a book fair at its premises named Ekushey Boi Mela. I with some of my friends visited the fair. I found hundreds of pavilions there. Different kinds of books were displayed there nicely. I visited different book stalls of different publishers. I bought two story books. There was crowd of people there. Some were roaming about and some were buying books. We felt tired. So we took some snacks from a nearby food stall. Then we left the place with a cheerful mind. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

30. āĻ•āϞ্āĻĒāύা āĻ•āϰুāύ āφāĻĒāύি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦāχāĻŽেāϞাāϝ় āĻ—িāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞেāύ। āĻāĻ–āύ āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦāχāĻŽেāϞাāϝ় āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ­্āϰāĻŽāĻŖ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
  (āĻ•) āĻ•āĻ–āύ āĻāϟি āϏাāϜাāύো āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞ?
  (d) āĻ•ে āĻāϟিāϰ āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāϏ্āĻĨা āĻ•āϰেāĻ›িāϞ?
  (āĻ–) āĻŽāĻŖ্āĻĄāĻĒāĻ—ুāϞো āĻ•েāĻŽāύ āĻ›িāϞ?
  (āĻ™) āϏ্āϟāϞāĻ—ুāϞো āĻ•েāĻŽāύ āĻ›িāϞ?
  (āĻ—) āφāĻĒāύি āĻ•ি āĻ•োāύ āĻŦāχ āĻ•িāύেāĻ›েāύ?

  āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦāχāĻŽেāϞা āφāĻŽি āĻĒāϰিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ


āϤāĻ–āύ āĻĢেāĻŦ্āϰুāϝ়াāϰি āĻŽাāϏ। āĻŦাংāϞা āĻāĻ•াāĻĄেāĻŽি āĻĒ্āϰাāĻ™্āĻ—āĻŖে āĻāĻ•ুāĻļে āĻŦāχāĻŽেāϞা āύাāĻŽে āĻŦāχāĻŽেāϞাāϰ āφāϝ়োāϜāύ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ে। āφāĻŽি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻŽেāϞা āĻĒāϰিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ি। āφāĻŽি āϏেāĻ–াāύে āĻļāϤ āĻļāϤ āĻŽāĻŖ্āĻĄāĻĒ āĻ–ুঁāϜে āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻ›ি। āϏেāĻ–াāύে āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰāĻ­াāĻŦে āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻŦāχ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĻāϰ্āĻļিāϤ āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•াāĻļāĻ•েāϰ āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āĻŦāχāϝ়েāϰ āϏ্āϟāϞ āĻĒāϰিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ি। āĻĻুāϟো āĻ—āϞ্āĻĒেāϰ āĻŦāχ āĻ•িāύāϞাāĻŽ। āϏেāĻ–াāύে āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻ­িāĻĄ় āĻ›িāϞ। āĻ•েāω āϘুāϰāĻ›ে āφāĻŦাāϰ āĻ•েāω āĻŦāχ āĻ•িāύāĻ›ে। āφāĻŽāϰা āĻ•্āϞাāύ্āϤ āĻŦোāϧ āĻ•āϰāĻ›িāϞাāĻŽ। āϤাāχ āφāĻŽāϰা āĻ•াāĻ›াāĻ•াāĻ›ি āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ–াāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āϏ্āϟāϞ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻ•িāĻ›ু āϜāϞāĻ–াāĻŦাāϰ āύিāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞাāĻŽ। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āφāĻŽāϰা āĻĒ্āϰāĻĢুāϞ্āϞ āĻŽāύে āϏ্āĻĨাāύ āϤ্āϝাāĻ— āĻ•āϰāϞাāĻŽ।

31. Write a paragraph on 'A Winter Morning' by answering the following questions: 
 (a) What are the common characteristics of a winter morning? 
 (b) How does the nature look in the morning? 
 (c) Why do the people make fire in the morning? 
 (d) What delicious things are available in a winter morning? 

 A WINTER MORNING 


 A winter morning is covered with fog and cold. There is thick mist everywhere. It dews and sometimes a chilly wind blows. Sometimes the sun remains hidden for a long time. The nature looks dim and flat in the morning. In a winter morning everything looks gloomy. Even things at a little distance can hardly be seen. People shiver in cold. So they feel reluctance to get up early in the morning. To keep themselves warm they wear warm clothes. Sometimes people collect straw or dried leaves and make fire to keep themselves warm and poor people sometime bask in the sun. Domestic animals do not come out from the Shed. People get-up late when the sun starts to rise through the dense mist. But when the sun rises everyone feels warm and comfort. In winter morning one can have delicious cakes, date juice and many other items. With the touches of sun ray, the dull scene of a winter morning disappears. A winter morning is desirable in many respects. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

31. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'A Winter Morning'-āĻ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
 (āĻ•) āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻ•াāϞেāϰ āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻŦৈāĻļিāώ্āϟ্āϝāĻ—ুāϞি āĻ•ী āĻ•ী?
 (āĻ–) āϏāĻ•াāϞে āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•ৃāϤি āĻ•েāĻŽāύ āĻĻেāĻ–াāϝ়?
 (āĻ—) āĻŽাāύুāώ āϏāĻ•াāϞে āφāĻ—ুāύ āϜ্āĻŦাāϞাāϝ় āĻ•েāύ?
 (d) āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻ•াāϞে āĻ•োāύ āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāĻĻু āϜিāύিāϏ āĻĒাāĻ“āϝ়া āϝাāϝ়?

 āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻ•াāϞ


āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻ•াāϞ āĻ•ুāϝ়াāĻļা āφāϰ āĻ াāύ্āĻĄাāϝ় āĻĸাāĻ•া। āϏāϰ্āĻŦāϤ্āϰ āϘāύ āĻ•ুāϝ়াāĻļা। āĻāϟি āĻļিāĻļিāϰ āĻĒāĻĄ়ে āĻāĻŦং āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ াāύ্āĻĄা āĻŦাāϤাāϏ āĻŦāϝ়ে āϝাāϝ়। āĻ…āύেāĻ• āϏāĻŽāϝ় āϏূāϰ্āϝ āĻ…āύেāĻ•āĻ•্āώāĻŖ āϞুāĻ•িāϝ়ে āĻĨাāĻ•ে। āϏāĻ•াāϞে āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ•ে āφāĻŦāĻ›া āĻ“ āϏāĻŽāϤāϞ āĻĻেāĻ–াāϝ়। āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻ•াāϞে āϏāĻŦāĻ•িāĻ›ুāχ āĻ…āύ্āϧāĻ•াāϰ āĻĻেāĻ–াāϝ়। āĻāĻŽāύāĻ•ি āϏাāĻŽাāύ্āϝ āĻĻূāϰāϤ্āĻŦেāϰ āϜিāύিāϏāĻ—ুāϞি āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ•āĻŽāχ āĻĻেāĻ–া āϝাāϝ়। āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻ াāύ্āĻĄাāϝ় āĻ•াঁāĻĒāĻ›ে। āϤাāχ āϤাāϰা āĻ­োāϰে āωāĻ āϤে āĻ…āύীāĻšা āĻŦোāϧ āĻ•āϰে। āύিāϜেāĻĻেāϰ āωāώ্āĻŖ āϰাāĻ–āϤে āϤাāϰা āĻ—āϰāĻŽ āĻ•াāĻĒāĻĄ় āĻĒāϰে। āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āϞোāĻ•েāϰা āĻ–āĻĄ় āĻŦা āĻļুāĻ•āύো āĻĒাāϤা āϏংāĻ—্āϰāĻš āĻ•āϰে āĻāĻŦং āύিāϜেāĻ•ে āωāώ্āĻŖ āϰাāĻ–াāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āφāĻ—ুāύ āĻĻেāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻĻāϰিāĻĻ্āϰ āϞোāĻ•েāϰা āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āϰোāĻĻে āϏেঁāĻ•ে। āϘāϰ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻ—ৃāĻšāĻĒাāϞিāϤ āĻĒāĻļু āĻŦেāϰ āĻšāϝ় āύা। āϘāύ āĻ•ুāϝ়াāĻļাāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϏূāϰ্āϝ āωāĻ āϤে āĻļুāϰু āĻ•āϰāϞে āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻĻেāϰিāϤে āωāĻ ে। āĻ•িāύ্āϤু āϏূāϰ্āϝ āωāĻ āϞে āϏāĻŦাāχ āωāώ্āĻŖ āĻ“ āφāϰাāĻŽ āĻ…āύুāĻ­āĻŦ āĻ•āϰে। āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻ•াāϞে āĻ–েāϤে āĻĒাāϰেāύ āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāĻĻু āĻ•েāĻ•, āĻ–েāϜুāϰেāϰ āϰāϏ āĻāĻŦং āφāϰāĻ“ āĻ…āύেāĻ• āφāχāϟেāĻŽ। āϏূāϰ্āϝāĻ•িāϰāĻŖেāϰ āĻ›োঁāϝ়াāϝ় āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻ•াāϞেāϰ āĻŽ্āϞাāύ āĻĻৃāĻļ্āϝ āĻŽুāĻ›ে āϝাāϝ়। āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻ•াāϞ āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻĻিāĻ• āĻĨেāĻ•েāχ āĻ•াāĻŽ্āϝ। Class 6 English Paragraph

32. Suppose you had a visit to a place of historical interest with some of your friends. Now write a paragraph about your visit to a place of historical interest by answering the following questions: 
 (a) When did you go to the place? 
 (c) What things did you see there? 
 (b) Who were with you? 
 (d) What things impressed you much? 

 MY VISIT TO A PLACE OF HISTORICAL INTEREST 


 During the last winter vacation we, some of our friends had a chance to visit the historical place of Bagerhat. The Mazar of Pir Khan Jahan Ali is situated here. The Mazar is a fine one storeyed building. The tomb is made of stones. We also visited the beautiful Shat Gambuj Mosque. It has 77 domes. The mosque is very large and beautiful. Near the mosque there is a big lake. This is called the 'Ghora Dighi'. The Shat Gambuj Mosque and its architectural beauty impressed me much. I had a very little idea about the place but my visit there gave me a different idea about the place and about the great saint Hazrat Khan Jahan. My respect toward this great saint became double after visiting this place. Now I can feel that a man can learn better by visiting than reading. The memory of Bagerhat will remain evergreen in my mind. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

32. āϧāϰুāύ āφāĻĒāύি āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻŦāύ্āϧুāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϐāϤিāĻšাāϏিāĻ• āφāĻ—্āϰāĻšেāϰ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāϝ় āĻŦেāĻĄ়াāϤে āĻ—েāĻ›েāύ। āĻāĻ–āύ āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϐāϤিāĻšাāϏিāĻ• āφāĻ—্āϰāĻšেāϰ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāϝ় āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āĻ­্āϰāĻŽāĻŖ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
 (āĻ•) āφāĻĒāύি āĻ•āĻ–āύ āϏেāχ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāϝ় āĻ—িāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞেāύ?
 (āĻ—) āφāĻĒāύি āϏেāĻ–াāύে āĻ•ি āϜিāύিāϏ āĻĻেāĻ–েāĻ›েāύ?
 (āĻ–) āφāĻĒāύাāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻ•াāϰা āĻ›িāϞ?
 (āϘ) āĻ•োāύ āĻŦিāώāϝ়āĻ—ুāϞো āφāĻĒāύাāĻ•ে āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻŦেāĻļি āĻĒ্āϰāĻ­াāĻŦিāϤ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ে?

 āϐāϤিāĻšাāϏিāĻ• āφāĻ—্āϰāĻšেāϰ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāϝ় āφāĻŽাāϰ āϏāĻĢāϰ


āĻ—āϤ āĻļীāϤেāϰ āĻ›ুāϟিāϤে āφāĻŽāϰা, āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•āϝ়েāĻ•āϜāύ āĻŦāύ্āϧু āĻŦাāĻ—েāϰāĻšাāϟেāϰ āϐāϤিāĻšাāϏিāĻ• āϏ্āĻĨাāύāϟি āĻĻেāĻ–াāϰ āϏুāϝোāĻ— āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻ›িāϞাāĻŽ। āĻāĻ–াāύে āĻĒীāϰ āĻ–াāύ āϜাāĻšাāύ āφāϞীāϰ āĻŽাāϜাāϰ āĻ…āĻŦāϏ্āĻĨিāϤ। āĻŽাāϜাāϰāϟি āĻāĻ•āϟি āϚāĻŽā§ŽāĻ•াāϰ āĻāĻ•āϤāϞা āĻ­āĻŦāύ। āϏāĻŽাāϧিāϟি āĻĒাāĻĨāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϤৈāϰি। āφāĻŽāϰা āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āώাāϟ āĻ—āĻŽ্āĻŦুāϜ āĻŽāϏāϜিāĻĻāĻ“ āĻĒāϰিāĻĻāϰ্āĻļāύ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ি। āĻāϤে ā§­ā§­āϟি āĻ—āĻŽ্āĻŦুāϜ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻŽāϏāϜিāĻĻāϟি āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻāĻŦং āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ। āĻŽāϏāϜিāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•াāĻ›ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦāĻĄ় āϞেāĻ• āφāĻ›ে। āĻāĻ•ে 'āϘোāĻĄ়া āĻĻীāϘি' āĻŦāϞা āĻšāϝ়। āώাāϟ āĻ—āĻŽ্āĻŦুāϜ āĻŽāϏāϜিāĻĻ āĻāĻŦং āĻāϰ āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāϤ্āϝ āϏৌāύ্āĻĻāϰ্āϝ āφāĻŽাāĻ•ে āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻŽুāĻ—্āϧ āĻ•āϰেāĻ›ে। āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāϟি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ•āĻŽ āϧাāϰāĻŖা āĻ›িāϞ āĻ•িāύ্āϤু āϏেāĻ–াāύে āφāĻŽাāϰ āϝাāĻ“āϝ়া āφāĻŽাāĻ•ে āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāϟি āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āĻāĻŦং āĻŽāĻšাāύ āϏাāϧāĻ• āĻšāϝāϰāϤ āĻ–াāύ āϜাāĻšাāύ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ­িāύ্āύ āϧাāϰāĻŖা āĻĻিāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻāχ āĻŽāĻšাāύ āϏাāϧāĻ•েāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻļ্āϰāĻĻ্āϧা āĻāχ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāϟি āĻĻেāĻ–াāϰ āĻĒāϰে āĻĻ্āĻŦিāĻ—ুāĻŖ āĻšāϝ়ে āĻ—েāϞ। āĻāĻ–āύ āφāĻŽি āĻ…āύুāĻ­āĻŦ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰি āϝে āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻĒāĻĄ়াāϰ āϚেāϝ়ে āĻ­িāϜিāϟ āĻ•āϰে āĻ­াāϞ āĻļিāĻ–āϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻŦাāĻ—েāϰāĻšাāϟেāϰ āϏ্āĻŽৃāϤি āφāĻŽাāϰ āĻŽāύে āϚিāϰāϏāĻŦুāϜ āĻšāϝ়ে āĻĨাāĻ•āĻŦে। Class 6 English Paragraph

33. Write a paragraph on 'An Ideal student' by answering the following questions. 
 (a) Who is an ideal student? 
 (b) How is his behaviour towards other students and teachers? 
 (c) What are the qualities of an ideal student? 
 (d) What does he think about the country? 
 (e) What do others think about him?

AN IDEAL STUDENT 


 The student who possesses some qualities like good behaviour, merit, patriotism, co-operative attitude, etc is called an ideal student. He is polite. He respects his teachers and helps his fellow classmates. Whenever any student approaches him for any help, he tries his best to help him. He not only indulges himself in study but also takes active part in other extracurricular activities. He is hard working. He is both attentive and punctual in his studies. He is disciplined and obedient. Game and study go side by side with him. He always sticks to his ideals and aims. Simple living and high thinking is the motto of his life. An ideal student is a true patriot. He is always ready to serve his country. He sacrifices himself for the welfare of his country. Everybody likes him very much and prays for his success in future from the core of their hearts. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

33. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āφāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰ' āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
 (āĻ•) āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āφāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰ āĻ•ে?
 (āĻ–) āĻ…āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰ āĻ“ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ•āĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤি āϤাāϰ āφāϚāϰāĻŖ āĻ•েāĻŽāύ?
 (āĻ—) āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āφāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰেāϰ āĻ—ুāĻŖাāĻŦāϞী āĻ•ী āĻ•ী?
 (d) āϤিāύি āĻĻেāĻļ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āĻ•ি āĻŽāύে āĻ•āϰেāύ?
 (āĻ™) āĻ…āύ্āϝāϰা āϤাāϰ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒāϰ্āĻ•ে āĻ•ী āĻ­াāĻŦে?

āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āφāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰ


 āϝে āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāϰ āĻ­াāϞো āφāϚāϰāĻŖ, āϝোāĻ—্āϝāϤা, āĻĻেāĻļāĻĒ্āϰেāĻŽ, āϏāĻšāϝোāĻ—িāϤাāĻŽূāϞāĻ• āĻŽāύোāĻ­াāĻŦ āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻ—ুāĻŖ āĻĨাāĻ•ে āϤাāĻ•ে āφāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰ āĻŦāϞা āĻšāϝ়। āϤিāύি āĻ­āĻĻ্āϰ। āϏে āϤাāϰ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ•āĻĻেāϰ āϏāĻŽ্āĻŽাāύ āĻ•āϰে āĻāĻŦং āϤাāϰ āϏāĻšāĻĒাāĻ ীāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻ•āϰে। āϝāĻ–āύāχ āĻ•োāύ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰ āĻ•োāύ āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϤাāϰ āĻ•াāĻ›ে āϝাāϝ়, āϤিāύি āϤাāĻ•ে āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϝāĻĨাāϏাāϧ্āϝ āϚেāώ্āϟা āĻ•āϰেāύ। āϤিāύি āĻļুāϧুāĻŽাāϤ্āϰ āĻ…āϧ্āϝāϝ়āύেāχ āύিāϜেāĻ•ে āύিāϝ়োāϜিāϤ āĻ•āϰেāύ āύা āĻŦāϰং āĻ…āύ্āϝাāύ্āϝ āĻĒাāĻ ্āϝāĻ•্āϰāĻŽ āĻŦāĻšিāϰ্āĻ­ূāϤ āĻ•াāϰ্āϝāĻ•্āϰāĻŽেāĻ“ āϏāĻ•্āϰিāϝ় āĻ…ংāĻļāĻ—্āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻ•āϰেāύ। āϏে āĻ•āĻ োāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻļ্āϰāĻŽী. āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻĒāĻĄ়াāĻļুāύাāϝ় āĻŽāύোāϝোāĻ—ী āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŽāϝ়āύিāώ্āĻ  āωāĻ­āϝ়āχ। āϤিāύি āĻļৃāĻ™্āĻ–āϞাāĻŦāĻĻ্āϧ āĻāĻŦং āĻŦাāϧ্āϝ। āĻ–েāϞা āĻāĻŦং āĻĒāĻĄ়াāĻļুāύা āϤাāϰ āĻĒাāĻļাāĻĒাāĻļি āϚāϞে। āϤিāύি āϏāϰ্āĻŦāĻĻা āϤাāϰ āφāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻ“ āϞāĻ•্āώ্āϝে āĻ…āϟāϞ āĻĨাāĻ•েāύ। āϏāϰāϞ āϜীāĻŦāύāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻāĻŦং āωāϚ্āϚ āϚিāύ্āϤা āϤাāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύেāϰ āĻŽূāϞāĻŽāύ্āϤ্āϰ। āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āφāĻĻāϰ্āĻļ āĻ›াāϤ্āϰāχ āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•ৃāϤ āĻĻেāĻļāĻĒ্āϰেāĻŽিāĻ•। āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āϏেāĻŦা āĻ•āϰāϤে āϏāϰ্āĻŦāĻĻা āĻĒ্āϰāϏ্āϤুāϤ। āĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻ•āϞ্āϝাāĻŖে āύিāϜেāĻ•ে āĻ‰ā§ŽāϏāϰ্āĻ— āĻ•āϰেāύ। āϏāĻŦাāχ āϤাāĻ•ে āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻĒāĻ›āύ্āĻĻ āĻ•āϰে āĻāĻŦং āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ…āύ্āϤāϰ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻ­āĻŦিāώ্āϝāϤে āϤাāϰ āϏাāĻĢāϞ্āϝেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻĒ্āϰাāϰ্āĻĨāύা āĻ•āϰে। Class 6 English Paragraph

34. Write a paragraph on 'Early Rising' answering the following questions. 
 (a) What is early rising? 
 (b) What is the usefulness of rising early? 
 (c) What does an early riser enjoy? 
 (d) What happens to the person who does not get up early? 

 EARLY RISING 


Getting up early in the morning from bed is called early rising. It is a good habit and essential for good health. In the morning the nature remains fresh and quiet. So an early riser can enjoy the fresh nature and air in the morning. It makes our body fit. An early riser can get enough time to finish his work. He can take some physical exercises early in the morning. He can enjoy the beautiful scenery. An early riser can enjoy the happy and healthy life. Early rising refreshes both body and mind. It helps a man to be regular and punctual. But a late riser always lag behind. They can not enjoy the beautiful scenery of nature. They face many problems and can not finish their work in time. A late riser is not physically happy and sound. So considering the good sides of early rising, we all should cultivate the habit of early rising. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

34. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āφāϰ্āϞি āϰাāχāϜিং'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
 (āĻ•) āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āωāĻ া āĻ•ি?
 (āĻ–) āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āĻ“āĻ াāϰ āωāĻĒāϝোāĻ—িāϤা āĻ•ী?
 (āĻ—) āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻĒ্āϰাāϰāĻŽ্āĻ­িāĻ• āϰাāχāϜাāϰ āĻ•ী āωāĻĒāĻ­োāĻ— āĻ•āϰে?
 (d) āϝে āĻŦ্āϝāĻ•্āϤি āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āϘুāĻŽ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻ“āĻ ে āύা āϤাāϰ āĻ•ী āĻšāϝ়?

āĻĒ্āϰāϤ্āϝুāώে āωāĻ া


āϏāĻ•াāϞে āϘুāĻŽ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻ“āĻ াāĻ•ে āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āωāĻ া āĻŦāϞে। āĻāϟি āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ­াāϞ āĻ…āĻ­্āϝাāϏ āĻāĻŦং āϏুāϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ…āĻĒāϰিāĻšাāϰ্āϝ। āϏāĻ•াāϞে āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•ৃāϤি āϏāϤেāϜ āĻāĻŦং āĻļাāύ্āϤ āĻĨাāĻ•ে। āϤাāχ āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻĒ্āϰাāϰāĻŽ্āĻ­িāĻ• āϰাāχāϜাāϰ āϏāĻ•াāϞেāϰ āϤাāϜা āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•ৃāϤি āĻāĻŦং āĻŦাāϤাāϏ āωāĻĒāĻ­োāĻ— āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻāϟি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļāϰীāϰāĻ•ে āĻĢিāϟ āĻ•āϰে। āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻĒ্āϰাāϰāĻŽ্āĻ­িāĻ• āϰাāχāϜাāϰ āϤাāϰ āĻ•াāϜ āĻļেāώ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϝāĻĨেāώ্āϟ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻĒেāϤে āĻĒাāϰেāύ। āϤিāύি āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ­োāϰে āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰেāύ। āϏে āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰ āĻĻৃāĻļ্āϝ āωāĻĒāĻ­োāĻ— āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĒ্āϰাāϰāĻŽ্āĻ­িāĻ• āϰাāχāϜাāϰ āϏুāĻ–ী āĻāĻŦং āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝāĻ•āϰ āϜীāĻŦāύ āωāĻĒāĻ­োāĻ— āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āĻ“āĻ া āĻļāϰীāϰ āĻ“ āĻŽāύāĻ•ে āϏāϤেāϜ āĻ•āϰে। āĻāϟি āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻŽাāύুāώāĻ•ে āύিāϝ়āĻŽিāϤ āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŽāϝ়āύিāώ্āĻ  āĻšāϤে āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻ•āϰে। āĻ•িāύ্āϤু āĻĻেāϰীāϤে āϰাāχāϜাāϰ āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻĒিāĻ›িāϝ়ে āĻĨাāĻ•ে। āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•ৃāϤিāϰ āĻ…āĻĒāϰূāĻĒ āĻĻৃāĻļ্āϝ āϤাāϰা āωāĻĒāĻ­োāĻ— āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āϤাāϰা āĻ…āύেāĻ• āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϝাāϰ āϏāĻŽ্āĻŽুāĻ–ীāύ āĻšāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āϏāĻŽāϝ়āĻŽāϤো āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•াāϜ āĻļেāώ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĻেāϰী āϰাāχāϜাāϰ āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ•āĻ­াāĻŦে āϏুāĻ–ী āĻāĻŦং āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āύāϝ়। āϤাāχ āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āĻ“āĻ াāϰ āĻ­াāϞো āĻĻিāĻ•āĻ—ুāϞো āĻŦিāĻŦেāϚāύা āĻ•āϰে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϏāĻŦাāϰāχ āϤাāĻĄ়াāϤাāĻĄ়ি āĻ“āĻ াāϰ āĻ…āĻ­্āϝাāϏ āĻ—āĻĄ়ে āϤোāϞা āωāϚিāϤ। Class 6 English Paragraph

35. Write a paragraph on 'A School Magazine' by answering the following questions. 
 (a) What is a school magazine? 
 (b) What is the aim of publishing a school magazine? 
 (c) Who works for the school magazine? 
 (d) What is the importance of a school magazine? 

 A SCHOOL MAGAZINE 


A school magazine is a publication containing the writings of the teachers and students of a school. Usually, it is published annually. Its aim is to develop the literary and cultural skills of the students. It contains poems, articles, short-stories and short dramas written by the young learners. A magazine committee is formed with a view to publishing a school magazine. The headmaster of the respective school remains the chief of the committee. An editor is selected from the students. In the committee there remains a teacher who works as an adviser. Some students are also included in the committee. The committee has to work hard to publish a magazine. The editor invites writings from the teachers and the students. Among all writings the best ones are selected for printing in the magazine. A school magazine has great importance to the students. It brings out the latent talent of the young students. It is the first step for the young learners to be a great writer in future. Finally a school magazine provides scope for the students to reveal their creative faculties. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

35. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύ'-āĻ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
 (āĻ•) āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύ āĻ•ী?
 (āĻ–) āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύ āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•াāĻļেāϰ āωāĻĻ্āĻĻেāĻļ্āϝ āĻ•ী?
 (āĻ—) āĻ•ে āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰে?
 (d) āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύেāϰ āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦ āĻ•ী?

 āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύ


āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύ āĻšāϞ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ• āĻāĻŦং āĻ›াāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āϞেāĻ–া āϏāĻŽ্āĻŦāϞিāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•াāĻļāύা। āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ, āĻāϟি āĻŦাāϰ্āώিāĻ• āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•াāĻļিāϤ āĻšāϝ়। āĻāϰ āωāĻĻ্āĻĻেāĻļ্āϝ āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻšিāϤ্āϝ āĻ“ āϏাংāϏ্āĻ•ৃāϤিāĻ• āĻĻāĻ•্āώāϤা āĻŦিāĻ•াāĻļ āĻ•āϰা। āĻāϤে āϤāϰুāĻŖ āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āϞেāĻ–া āĻ•āĻŦিāϤা, āĻĒ্āϰāĻŦāύ্āϧ, āĻ›োāϟāĻ—āϞ্āĻĒ āĻāĻŦং āĻ›োāϟ āύাāϟāĻ• āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύ āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•াāĻļেāϰ āϞāĻ•্āώ্āϝে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύ āĻ•āĻŽিāϟি āĻ—āĻ āύ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻ•āĻŽিāϟিāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻĨাāĻ•েāύ āϏংāĻļ্āϞিāώ্āϟ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়েāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ•। āĻ›াāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒাāĻĻāĻ• āύিāϰ্āĻŦাāϚāύ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻ•āĻŽিāϟিāϤে āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ• āϰāϝ়েāĻ›েāύ āϝিāύি āωāĻĒāĻĻেāώ্āϟা āĻšিāϏেāĻŦে āĻ•াāϜ āĻ•āϰāĻ›েāύ। āĻ•āĻŽিāϟিāϤে āĻ•āϝ়েāĻ•āϜāύ āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻ“ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĒāϤ্āϰিāĻ•া āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•াāĻļেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ•āĻŽিāϟিāĻ•ে āĻ•āĻ োāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻļ্āϰāĻŽ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻšāϝ়। āϏāĻŽ্āĻĒাāĻĻāĻ• āĻļিāĻ•্āώāĻ• āĻāĻŦং āĻ›াāϤ্āϰāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•াāĻ› āĻĨেāĻ•ে āϞেāĻ–া āφāĻŽāύ্āϤ্āϰāĻŖ āϜাāύাāύ। āϏāĻŦ āϞেāĻ–াāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āϏেāϰাāĻ—ুāϞোāĻ•ে āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύে āĻ›াāĻĒাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āύিāϰ্āĻŦাāϚিāϤ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύেāϰ āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•াāĻ›ে āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻāϤে āϤāϰুāĻŖ āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āϏুāĻĒ্āϤ āĻĒ্āϰāϤিāĻ­া āĻĢুāϟে āĻ“āĻ ে। āĻāϟি āϤāϰুāĻŖ āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ­āĻŦিāώ্āϝāϤে āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻŽāĻšাāύ āϞেāĻ–āĻ• āĻšāĻ“āϝ়াāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽ āĻĒāĻĻāĻ•্āώেāĻĒ। āĻ…āĻŦāĻļেāώে āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞ āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύ āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āϏৃāϜāύāĻļীāϞ āĻ…āύুāώāĻĻ āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•াāĻļ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϏুāϝোāĻ— āĻĒ্āϰāĻĻাāύ āĻ•āϰে।

36. Write a paragraph on 'A Rainy Day' by answering the following questions. 
 (a) What is a rainy day? 
 (b) How does the sky look on a rainy day? 
 (c) How does it bring suffering to the people? 
 (d) How does it cause suffering to the students? 
 (e) What do we feel on a rainy day?

 A RAINY DAY 


 A rainy day is a day of non stop rainfall. It looks dismal and sunless. The sky is covered with thick clouds. Sometimes the sun is hardly seen. Sometimes, it rains so heavily that none can go out without an umbrella. Sometimes it rains with roars of thunder, flashes of lighting and gusty winds. Many roads go under water and get muddy and slippery. Domestic animals also cannot go outside. On a rainy day people feel bored as they can not go out in quest of work. They can not earn their living. The rich can enjoy the day with merriment. But the children feel comfort with this situation. Because most of the students do not go to school. Some people pass the day in gossiping, playing cards, singing or hearing music. However, a rainy day comes to us some times as a curse and sometimes as a blessing. A winter morning is enjoyable in many respects. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

36. āύিāϚেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'A Rainy Day'-āĻāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞেāĻ–।
 (āĻ•) āĻŦৃāώ্āϟিāϰ āĻĻিāύ āĻ•ি?
 (āĻ–) āĻŦৃāώ্āϟিāϰ āĻĻিāύে āφāĻ•াāĻļ āĻ•েāĻŽāύ āĻĻেāĻ–াāϝ়?
 (āĻ—) āĻ•ীāĻ­াāĻŦে āĻāϟি āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻĻুঃāĻ–āĻ•āώ্āϟ āύিāϝ়ে āφāϏে?
 (d) āĻ•ীāĻ­াāĻŦে āĻāϟি āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻুāϰ্āĻ­োāĻ—েāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āĻšāϝ়?
 (āĻ™) āĻŦৃāώ্āϟিāϰ āĻĻিāύে āφāĻŽāϰা āĻ•ী āĻ…āύুāĻ­āĻŦ āĻ•āϰি?

 āĻĻুāϰ্āĻĻিāύ


āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦৃāώ্āϟিāϰ āĻĻিāύ āĻ…āĻŦিāϰাāĻŽ āĻŦৃāώ্āϟিāϰ āĻĻিāύ। āĻāϟা āĻŦিāϰāĻ•্āϤিāĻ•āϰ āĻāĻŦং āϏূāϰ্āϝāĻšীāύ āĻĻেāĻ–াāϝ়। āφāĻ•াāĻļ āϘāύ āĻŽেāϘে āĻĸাāĻ•া। āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āϏূāϰ্āϝ āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ•āĻŽāχ āĻĻেāĻ–া āϝাāϝ়। āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“, āĻāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻŦāϞ āĻŦৃāώ্āϟি āĻšāϝ় āϝে āĻ›াāϤা āĻ›াāĻĄ়া āĻ•েāω āĻŦাāχāϰে āϝেāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻŦāϜ্āϰেāϰ āĻ—āϰ্āϜāύ, āφāϞোāϰ āĻāϞāĻ•াāύি āĻāĻŦং āĻĻāĻŽāĻ•া āĻŦাāϤাāϏেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻŦৃāώ্āϟি āĻšāϝ়। āĻ…āύেāĻ• āϰাāϏ্āϤা āĻĒাāύিāϰ āύিāϚে āϚāϞে āϝাāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻ•াāĻĻা āĻ“ āĻĒিāϚ্āĻ›িāϞ āĻšāϝ়ে āϝাāϝ়। āĻ—ৃāĻšāĻĒাāϞিāϤ āĻĒāĻļুāϰাāĻ“ āĻŦাāχāϰে āϝেāϤে āĻĒাāϰāĻŦে āύা। āĻŦৃāώ্āϟিāϰ āĻĻিāύে āϞোāĻ•েāϰা āĻ•াāϜেāϰ āϏāύ্āϧাāύে āĻŦেāϰ āĻšāϤে āύা āĻĒাāϰাāϝ় āĻŦিāϰāĻ•্āϤ āĻŦোāϧ āĻ•āϰে। āϤাāϰা āϜীāĻŦিāĻ•া āύিāϰ্āĻŦাāĻš āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰāĻ›ে āύা। āϧāύীāϰা āφāύāύ্āĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻĻিāύāϟি āωāĻĒāĻ­োāĻ— āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻ•িāύ্āϤু āĻļিāĻļুāϰা āĻāχ āĻĒāϰিāϏ্āĻĨিāϤিāϤে āϏ্āĻŦāϏ্āϤি āĻŦোāϧ āĻ•āϰে। āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āĻ…āϧিāĻ•াংāĻļ āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨী āϏ্āĻ•ুāϞে āϝাāϝ় āύা। āĻ•েāω āĻ•েāω āĻ—āϏিāĻĒিং, āϤাāϏ āĻ–েāϞে, āĻ—াāύ āĻ—েāϝ়ে āĻŦা āĻ—াāύ āĻļুāύে āĻĻিāύ āĻĒাāϰ āĻ•āϰে। āϝাāχāĻšোāĻ•, āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦৃāώ্āϟিāϰ āĻĻিāύ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•াāĻ›ে āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ…āĻ­িāĻļাāĻĒ āĻāĻŦং āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āφāĻļীāϰ্āĻŦাāĻĻ āĻšিāϏাāĻŦে āφāϏে। āĻļীāϤেāϰ āϏāĻ•াāϞ āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻĻিāĻ• āĻĨেāĻ•েāχ āωāĻĒāĻ­োāĻ—্āϝ।

37. Write a paragraph on 'Load shedding' by answering the following questions. 
 (a) What is load-shedding? 
 (b) What are the reasons of load-shedding? 
 (c) What are the bad effects of load-shedding? 
 (d) What should we do to minimise load-shedding? 

 LOAD SHEDDING 


Load shedding means the interruption of the supply of electricity for a certain period. The less production of electricity in our country is the main cause of load shedding. Illegal connection, abuse of electricity, rapid growth of population etc. are the causes of load-shedding. Because of excessive load shedding cinema houses, shops, factories, hospitals are affected. The industrial units are disabled for the time being. Production of mills hamper due to failure of electricity. Even operation stops in hospitals for load shedding. It also disturbs the study of the students. In fact, the problem of load-shedding is a great problem in our country. So, to stop load shedding some urgent measures should be taken. The government must establish more and more power plants to produce electricity as per the demand. Illegal connection and system loss should also be stopped by creating public awareness and ensuring punishment. Class 6 English Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

37. āύিāϚেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং' āĻŦিāώāϝ়ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞেāĻ–।
 (āĻ•) āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং āĻ•ি?
 (āĻ–) āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিংāϝ়েāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āĻ•ী?
 (āĻ—) āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং āĻāϰ āĻ–াāϰাāĻĒ āĻĒ্āϰāĻ­াāĻŦ āĻ•ি āĻ•ি?
 (āϘ) āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং āĻ•āĻŽাāϤে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•ী āĻ•āϰা āωāϚিāϤ?

 āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুā§Ž āĻŦিāĻ­্āϰাāϟ


āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং āĻŽাāύে āύিāϰ্āĻĻিāώ্āϟ āϏāĻŽāϝ়েāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুā§Ž āϏāϰāĻŦāϰাāĻšে āĻŦিāϘ্āύ āϘāϟাāύো। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুāϤেāϰ āĻ•āĻŽ āĻ‰ā§ŽāĻĒাāĻĻāύāχ āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিংāϝ়েāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ। āĻ…āĻŦৈāϧ āϏংāϝোāĻ—, āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুāϤেāϰ āĻ…āĻĒāĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰ, āĻĻ্āϰুāϤ āϜāύāϏংāĻ–্āϝা āĻŦৃāĻĻ্āϧি āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻি āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিংāϝ়েāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ। āĻ…āϤিāϰিāĻ•্āϤ āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিংāϝ়েāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে āϏিāύেāĻŽা āĻŦাāĻĄ়ি, āĻĻোāĻ•াāύāĻĒাāϟ, āĻ•াāϰāĻ–াāύা, āĻšাāϏāĻĒাāϤাāϞ āĻ•্āώāϤিāĻ—্āϰāϏ্āϤ āĻšāϝ়। āĻļিāϞ্āĻĒ āχāωāύিāϟāĻ—ুāϞো āφāĻĒাāϤāϤ āύিāώ্āĻ•্āϰিāϝ়। āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুā§Ž āĻŦিāĻĒāϰ্āϝāϝ়েāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে āĻŽিāϞāĻ—ুāϞোāϰ āĻ‰ā§ŽāĻĒাāĻĻāύ āĻŦ্āϝাāĻšāϤ āĻšāϚ্āĻ›ে। āĻāĻŽāύāĻ•ি āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিংāϝ়েāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻšাāϏāĻĒাāϤাāϞāĻ—ুāϞোāϤে āĻ…āĻĒাāϰেāĻļāύāĻ“ āĻŦāύ্āϧ। āĻāϤে āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒāĻĄ়াāϞেāĻ–াāĻ“ āĻŦ্āϝাāĻšāϤ āĻšāϚ্āĻ›ে। āφāϏāϞে āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϝা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦāĻĄ় āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϝা। āϤাāχ āϞোāĻĄāĻļেāĻĄিং āĻŦāύ্āϧে āϜāϰুāϰি āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāϏ্āĻĨা āύিāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āϚাāĻšিāĻĻা āĻ…āύুāϝাāϝ়ী āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুā§Ž āĻ‰ā§ŽāĻĒাāĻĻāύেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϏāϰāĻ•াāϰāĻ•ে āφāϰāĻ“ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻŦেāĻļি āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝুā§Ž āĻ•েāύ্āĻĻ্āϰ āϏ্āĻĨাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āϜāύāϏāϚেāϤāύāϤা āϏৃāώ্āϟি āĻ“ āĻļাāϏ্āϤি āύিāĻļ্āϚিāϤ āĻ•āϰে āĻ…āĻŦৈāϧ āϏংāϝোāĻ— āĻ“ āϏিāϏ্āϟেāĻŽ āϞāϏāĻ“ āĻŦāύ্āϧ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। Class 6 English Paragraph

38. Write a paragraph on 'Traffic Jam' by answering the following questions. 
 (a) What is traffic jam? 
 (b) Where does it commonly occur? 
 (c) What are the reasons of traffic jam? 
 (d) What are the effects of it? 
 (e) How can we get rid of traffic jam? 

 TRAFFIC JAM 


Traffic jam means the overcrowding of too many vehicles at a place. Because of this jam, the vehicles can not move on. It always happens for various reasons. The condition of roads and the violation of the traffic rules are the main reasons. In proportion to our population roads have not been increased. In our country most of the drivers do not obey the traffic rules. They violate the rules and regulations. They drive the vehicles at their own will. Traffic jam kills our valuable time. Students cannot reach schools in time due to this traffic jam. Nobody can reach their destination in right time. A lot of working hours is wasted in the traffic jam. Life becomes very difficult because of this terrible traffic jam. But this problem can be solved by taking some steps. Well planned big roads should be constructed. One way movement of vehicles should be introduced. Traffic rules should be strictly followed by the drivers. Unlicensed vehicles should be removed. Thus traffic jam can be controlled.

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

38. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āϟ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ• āϜ্āϝাāĻŽ'-āĻāϰ āωāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
 (āĻ•) āϟ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ• āϜ্āϝাāĻŽ āĻ•ি?
 (āĻ–) āĻāϟা āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ āĻ•োāĻĨাāϝ় āϘāϟে?
 (āĻ—) āϝাāύāϜāϟেāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āĻ•ী?
 (d) āĻāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻ­াāĻŦ āĻ•ি?
 (āĻ™) āφāĻŽāϰা āĻ•িāĻ­াāĻŦে āϝাāύāϜāϟ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻĒāϰিāϤ্āϰাāĻŖ āĻĒেāϤে āĻĒাāϰি?

 āϟ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ• āϜ্āϝাāĻŽ


āϟ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ• āϜ্āϝাāĻŽ āĻŽাāύে āĻāĻ• āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāϝ় āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻŦেāĻļি āϝাāύāĻŦাāĻšāύেāϰ āĻ­িāĻĄ়। āĻ āϜ্āϝাāĻŽেāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে āϝাāύāĻŦাāĻšāύ āϚāϞাāϚāϞ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰāĻ›ে āύা। āĻāϟা āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে āϘāϟে। āϏāĻĄ়āĻ•েāϰ āĻŦেāĻšাāϞ āĻĻāĻļা āĻāĻŦং āϟ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ• āύিāϝ়āĻŽ āϞāĻ™্āϘāύāχ āĻāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϧাāύ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύāϏংāĻ–্āϝাāϰ āĻ…āύুāĻĒাāϤে āϏāĻĄ়āĻ• āĻŦাāĻĄ়াāύো āĻšāϝ়āύি। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻ…āϧিāĻ•াংāĻļ āϚাāϞāĻ•āχ āϟ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ• āύিāϝ়āĻŽ āĻŽাāύে āύা। āϤাāϰা āύিāϝ়āĻŽ-āĻ•াāύুāύ āϞāĻ™্āϘāύ āĻ•āϰে। āϤাāϰা āύিāϜ āχāϚ্āĻ›াāϝ় āϝাāύāĻŦাāĻšāύ āϚাāϞাāύ। āϝাāύāϜāϟে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŽূāϞ্āϝāĻŦাāύ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āύāώ্āϟ āĻšāϝ়। āĻ āϝাāύāϜāϟেāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে āĻļিāĻ•্āώাāϰ্āĻĨীāϰা āϏāĻŽāϝ়āĻŽāϤো āĻŦিāĻĻ্āϝাāϞāϝ়ে āĻĒৌঁāĻ›াāϤে āĻĒাāϰāĻ›ে āύা। āĻ•েāω āϏāĻ িāĻ• āϏāĻŽāϝ়ে āĻ—āύ্āϤāĻŦ্āϝে āĻĒৌঁāĻ›াāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āϝাāύāϜāϟে āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻ•āϰ্āĻŽāϘāĻŖ্āϟা āύāώ্āϟ āĻšāϝ়। āĻāχ āĻ­āϝ়াāĻŦāĻš āϝাāύāϜāϟেāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে āϜীāĻŦāύ āĻ…āϤিāĻŦাāĻšিāϤ āĻšāϝ়ে āĻĒāĻĄ়ে। āϤāĻŦে āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻĒāĻĻāĻ•্āώেāĻĒ āύিāϞে āĻāχ āϏāĻŽāϏ্āϝাāϰ āϏāĻŽাāϧাāύ āĻšāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āϏুāĻĒāϰিāĻ•āϞ্āĻĒিāϤ āĻŦāĻĄ় āϰাāϏ্āϤা āύিāϰ্āĻŽাāĻŖ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āϝাāύāĻŦাāĻšāύ āĻāĻ•āĻŽুāĻ–ী āϚāϞাāϚāϞ āϚাāϞু āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āϚাāϞāĻ•āĻĻেāϰ āϟ্āϰাāĻĢিāĻ• āύিāϝ়āĻŽ āĻ•āĻ োāϰāĻ­াāĻŦে āĻŽেāύে āϚāϞāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āϞাāχāϏেāύ্āϏāĻŦিāĻšীāύ āϝাāύāĻŦাāĻšāύ āĻ…āĻĒāϏাāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। āϤাāĻšāϞে āϝাāύāϜāϟ āύিāϝ়āύ্āϤ্āϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰা āϝাāĻŦে। Class Six English All Paragraph

39. Write a paragraph on 'A Rickshaw Puller' by answering the following questions. 
 (a) Who is rickshaw puller? 
 (b) Where is he commonly seen? 
 (c) How is his life? 
 (d) How does he bargain with the passengers? 
 (e) When does he earn more? 

 A RICKSHAW PULLER 


The man who pulls rickshaw, carries passengers from one place to another and thus, earns his livelihood is called rickshaw puller. He is a very common figure in cities and small towns. His dress is shabby. He keeps waiting for passengers at the rickshaw stand. He pulls his rickshaw in both fair or foul weather. When a passenger comes, he bargains with him for the payment. He demands more when the weather is very hot or foul. Sometimes he tries to cheat passengers but most often he is unduly paid by the passengers. Though he pulls rickshaw from morning till late night, his income is very poor and leads a very miserable life. When he becomes sick, he cannot drive rickshaw and earn money. So, he and his family starve. If he can earn more than his expectation, his face smiles. But this opportunity is very rare in his life. Class Six English All Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

39. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻ•āϟি āϰিāĻ•āĻļাāϚাāϞāĻ•' āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ।
 (a) āϰিāĻ•āĻļাāϚাāϞāĻ• āĻ•ে?
 (āĻ–) āϤাāĻ•ে āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ āĻ•োāĻĨাāϝ় āĻĻেāĻ–া āϝাāϝ়?
 (āĻ—) āϤাāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύ āĻ•েāĻŽāύ?
 (d) āϤিāύি āĻ•িāĻ­াāĻŦে āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āĻĻāϰ āĻ•āώাāĻ•āώি āĻ•āϰেāύ?
 (āĻ™) āϤিāύি āĻ•āĻ–āύ āĻŦেāĻļি āωāĻĒাāϰ্āϜāύ āĻ•āϰেāύ?

 āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āϰিāĻ•āĻļাāϚাāϞāĻ•


āϝে āĻŦ্āϝāĻ•্āϤি āϰিāĻ•āĻļা āϚাāϞাāϝ়, āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāĻ• āϏ্āĻĨাāύ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻ…āύ্āϝ āϏ্āĻĨাāύে āύিāϝ়ে āϝাāϝ় āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻ­াāĻŦে āϜীāĻŦিāĻ•া āύিāϰ্āĻŦাāĻš āĻ•āϰে āϤাāĻ•ে āϰিāĻ•āĻļাāϚাāϞāĻ• āĻŦāϞে। āϤিāύি āĻļāĻšāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻ›োāϟ āĻļāĻšāϰে āĻ–ুāĻŦ āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻŦ্āϝāĻ•্āϤিāϤ্āĻŦ। āϤাāϰ āĻĒোāĻļাāĻ• āύোংāϰা। āϤিāύি āϰিāĻ•āĻļা āϏ্āϟ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄে āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ…āĻĒেāĻ•্āώা āĻ•āϰেāύ। āϏে āϤাāϰ āϰিāĻ•āĻļা āϟেāύে āύেāϝ় āĻ­াāϞো āĻŦা āĻ–াāϰাāĻĒ āφāĻŦāĻšাāĻ“āϝ়াāϝ়। āĻ•োāύো āϝাāϤ্āϰী āĻāϞে āϤাāϰ āϏāĻ™্āĻ—ে āĻĻāϰ āĻ•āώাāĻ•āώি āĻ•āϰেāύ। āφāĻŦāĻšাāĻ“āϝ়া āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ—āϰāĻŽ āĻŦা āĻ–াāϰাāĻĒ āĻšāϞে āϤিāύি āφāϰāĻ“ āĻŦেāĻļি āĻĻাāĻŦি āĻ•āϰেāύ। āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āϤিāύি āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāϤাāϰāĻŖা āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϚেāώ্āϟা āĻ•āϰেāύ āϤāĻŦে āĻŦেāĻļিāϰāĻ­াāĻ— āĻ•্āώেāϤ্āϰেāχ āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻ্āĻŦাāϰা āϤাāĻ•ে āĻ…āϝৌāĻ•্āϤিāĻ• āĻ…āϰ্āĻĨ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĻাāύ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়। āϏāĻ•াāϞ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻ—āĻ­ীāϰ āϰাāϤ āĻĒāϰ্āϝāύ্āϤ āϰিāĻ•āĻļা āϚাāϞাāϞেāĻ“ āϤাāϰ āφāϝ় āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āĻ•āĻŽ āĻāĻŦং āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āĻĻুāϰ্āĻŦিāώāĻš āϜীāĻŦāύāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰেāύ। āĻ…āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻšāϝ়ে āĻĒāĻĄ়āϞে āϰিāĻ•āĻļা āϚাāϞিāϝ়ে āϟাāĻ•া āϰোāϜāĻ—াāϰ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āϤাāχ āϏে āĻ“ āϤাāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰ āĻ•্āώুāϧাāϰ্āϤ। āĻĒ্āϰāϤ্āϝাāĻļাāϰ āϚেāϝ়ে āĻŦেāĻļি āφāϝ় āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĒাāϰāϞে āϤাāϰ āĻŽুāĻ–ে āĻšাāϏি āĻĢুāϟে āĻ“āĻ ে। āĻ•িāύ্āϤু āĻāχ āϏুāϝোāĻ— āϤাāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύে āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āĻ•āĻŽ।

40. Write a paragraph on 'A Village Market' by answering the following questions : 
 (a) What is a village market?
 (b) Where does a village market sit? 
 (c) What things are sold in a village market? 
 (d) What is the importance of a village market? 

 A VILLAGE MARKET 


 A village market is a place where the villagers buy and sell their daily commodities. Any open place is suitable for a village market. Generally a village market sits by the roadside or by the bank of a river or under a big tree. It sits twice a week. Different kinds of things are sold and bought in a village market. The things are vegetables, fish, milk, fruit, oil, salt, onion, garlic, cloth, wheat, rice, flour, spices and various kinds of stationery items. It is a meeting place of all classes of people. It is very difficult to express the importance and the usefulness of a village market in a word. Really the villagers can't do without a village market. It is a part and parcel of the villagers. A village market has got both advantages and disadvantages. A friendship and a tie of co-operation develop among people through buying and selling. But sometimes unwanted incidents occur and make the environment polluted. But still village market plays an important role in the life of the villagers. Class Six English All Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

40. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰ' āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
 (āĻ•) āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰ āĻ•ি?
 (āĻ–) āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰ āĻ•োāĻĨাāϝ় āĻŦāϏে?
 (āĻ—) āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰে āĻ•োāύ āϜিāύিāϏ āĻŦিāĻ•্āϰি āĻšāϝ়?
 (d) āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰেāϰ āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦ āĻ•ী?

 āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰ


 āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰ āĻšāϞ āĻāĻŽāύ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϜাāϝ়āĻ—া āϝেāĻ–াāύে āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽāĻŦাāϏী āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āύিāϤ্āϝāĻĒāĻŖ্āϝ āĻ•্āϰāϝ়-āĻŦিāĻ•্āϰāϝ় āĻ•āϰে। āϝে āĻ•োāύো āĻ–োāϞা āϜাāϝ়āĻ—া āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āωāĻĒāϝুāĻ•্āϤ। āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰ āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āϧাāϰে āĻŦা āύāĻĻীāϰ āϧাāϰে āĻŦা āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻ—াāĻ›েāϰ āύিāϚে āĻŦāϏে। āĻāϟা āϏāĻĒ্āϤাāĻšে āĻĻুāĻŦাāϰ āĻŦāϏে। āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰে āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āϜিāύিāϏ āĻ•েāύা-āĻŦেāϚা āĻšāϝ়। āϜিāύিāϏāĻ—ুāϞো āĻšāϞো āĻļাāĻ•āϏāĻŦāϜি, āĻŽাāĻ›, āĻĻুāϧ, āĻĢāϞ, āϤেāϞ, āϞāĻŦāĻŖ, āĻĒেঁāϝ়াāϜ, āϰāϏুāύ, āĻ•াāĻĒāĻĄ়, āĻ—āĻŽ, āϚাāϞ, āφāϟা, āĻŽāϏāϞাāϏāĻš āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āϏ্āϟেāĻļāύাāϰি āϏাāĻŽāĻ—্āϰী। āĻāϟি āϏāĻŦ āĻļ্āϰেāĻŖীāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻŽিāϞāύāϏ্āĻĨāϞ। āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰেāϰ āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦ āĻ“ āωāĻĒāϝোāĻ—িāϤা āĻāĻ• āĻ•āĻĨাāϝ় āĻĒ্āϰāĻ•াāĻļ āĻ•āϰা āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āĻ•āĻ িāύ। āϏāϤ্āϝিāĻ•াāϰ āĻ…āϰ্āĻĨে āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰ āĻ›াāĻĄ়া āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώ āϚāϞāϤে āĻĒাāϰে āύা। āĻāϟি āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽāĻŦাāϏীāĻĻেāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…ংāĻļ āĻāĻŦং āĻĒাāϰ্āϏেāϞ। āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰ āϏুāĻŦিāϧা āĻāĻŦং āĻ…āϏুāĻŦিāϧা āωāĻ­āϝ়āχ āĻĒেāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻ•্āϰāϝ়-āĻŦিāĻ•্āϰāϝ়েāϰ āĻŽাāϧ্āϝāĻŽে āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে āĻŦāύ্āϧুāϤ্āĻŦ āĻ“ āϏāĻšāϝোāĻ—িāϤাāϰ āĻŦāύ্āϧāύ āĻ—āĻĄ়ে āĻ“āĻ ে। āĻ•িāύ্āϤু āĻ…āύেāĻ• āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻ…āύাāĻ•াāĻ™্āĻ•্āώিāϤ āϘāϟāύা āϘāϟে āĻāĻŦং āĻĒāϰিāĻŦেāĻļ āĻĻূāώিāϤ āĻ•āϰে। āϤāĻŦে āĻāĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāϰ āĻŦাāϜাāϰ āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽāĻŦাāϏীāĻĻেāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻ­ূāĻŽিāĻ•া āĻĒাāϞāύ āĻ•āϰে।

41. Write a paragraph on 'A Tea Shop' by answering the following questions : 
 (a) What is a tea shop? 
 (c) What things are there in a tea shop? 
 (b) Who maintains a tea shop? 
 (d) Why do people come to a tea shop? 

 A TEA SHOP 


A tea shop is a place where ready tea and various kinds of things are available. It is a common sight of our country. Usually it is found in cities, towns and even in villages in our country. In a tea shop, tea is prepared and sold to the customers. In a tea shop cigarette, biscuit, cake, banana, bread, betel leaf etc. are also sold. The tea shop is also decorated with chairs or benches for the customers to sit on. There is a boy who serves tea to the customers. There is a manager in a tea shop who maintains it and collects money from the customers. Different kinds of people gather here. The people of all avenues come here to take a cup of tea. They discuss various subjects such as politics and current affairs. People come here to pass the sluggish moments by chit-chatting with others. Sometimes customers raise a storm over a cup of tea. A tea shop is an important place for social assemblage.Class Six English All Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

41. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻ•āϟি āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύ'-āĻ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
 (āĻ•) āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύ āĻ•ি?
 (āĻ—) āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύে āĻ•ী āĻ•ী āϜিāύিāϏ āĻĨাāĻ•ে?
 (āĻ–) āĻ•ে āĻāĻ•āϟি āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύ āĻĻেāĻ–াāĻļোāύা āĻ•āϰে?
 (d) āĻŽাāύুāώ āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύে āφāϏে āĻ•েāύ?

 āĻāĻ•āϟি āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύ


āĻāĻ•āϟি āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύ āĻāĻŽāύ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϜাāϝ়āĻ—া āϝেāĻ–াāύে āĻĒ্āϰāϏ্āϤুāϤ āϚা āĻāĻŦং āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϧāϰāĻŖেāϰ āϜিāύিāϏ āĻĒাāĻ“āϝ়া āϝাāϝ়। āĻāϟা āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļেāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻĻৃāĻļ্āϝ। āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻļāĻšāϰ, āĻļāĻšāϰ āĻāĻŽāύāĻ•ি āĻ—্āϰাāĻŽেāĻ“ āĻāϟি āĻĒাāĻ“āϝ়া āϝাāϝ়। āĻāĻ•āϟি āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύে āϚা āϤৈāϰি āĻ•āϰে āĻ•্āϰেāϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•াāĻ›ে āĻŦিāĻ•্āϰি āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়। āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύে āϏিāĻ—াāϰেāϟ, āĻŦিāϏ্āĻ•ুāϟ, āĻ•েāĻ•, āĻ•āϞা, āϰুāϟি, āĻĒাāύ āχāϤ্āϝাāĻĻিāĻ“ āĻŦিāĻ•্āϰি āĻšāϝ়। āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύেāĻ“ āĻ•্āϰেāϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻŦāϏাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϚেāϝ়াāϰ āĻŦা āĻŦেāĻž্āϚ āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϏাāϜাāύো āĻšāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻ›েāϞে āφāĻ›ে āϝে āĻ•াāϏ্āϟāĻŽাāϰāĻĻেāϰ āϚা āĻĒāϰিāĻŦেāĻļāύ āĻ•āϰে। āĻāĻ•āϟি āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύে āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻŽ্āϝাāύেāϜাāϰ āφāĻ›েāύ āϝিāύি āĻāϟিāϰ āϰāĻ•্āώāĻŖাāĻŦেāĻ•্āώāĻŖ āĻ•āϰেāύ āĻāĻŦং āĻ—্āϰাāĻšāĻ•āĻĻেāϰ āĻ•াāĻ› āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻ…āϰ্āĻĨ āϏংāĻ—্āϰāĻš āĻ•āϰেāύ। āĻāĻ–াāύে āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώেāϰ āϏāĻŽাāĻ—āĻŽ āĻšāϝ়। āϏāĻŦ āĻĒāĻĨেāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻāĻ–াāύে āφāϏে āĻāĻ• āĻ•াāĻĒ āϚা āĻ–েāϤে। āϤাāϰা āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āĻŦিāώāϝ় āϝেāĻŽāύ āϰাāϜāύীāϤি āĻāĻŦং āĻŦāϰ্āϤāĻŽাāύ āĻŦিāώāϝ় āύিāϝ়ে āφāϞোāϚāύা āĻ•āϰেāύ। āϞোāĻ•েāϰা āĻāĻ–াāύে āφāϏে āĻ…āύ্āϝāĻĻেāϰ āϏাāĻĨে āϚিāϟ-āϚ্āϝাāϟিং āĻ•āϰে āĻ…āϞāϏ āĻŽুāĻšূāϰ্āϤāĻ—ুāϞি āĻĒাāϰ āĻ•āϰāϤে। āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ—্āϰাāĻšāĻ•āϰা āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻ•াāĻĒ āύিāϝ়ে āĻāĻĄ় āϤোāϞেāύ। āĻāĻ•āϟি āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύ āϏাāĻŽাāϜিāĻ• āϏāĻŽাāĻŦেāĻļেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āϏ্āĻĨাāύ।

42. Write a paragraph on 'A Bus Stand' by answering the following questions : 
 (a) What is a bus stand? 
 (c) What things are there in a bus stand? 
 (b) How busy is a bus stand? 
 (d) What is the importance of it? 

 A BUS STAND 


 A bus stand is a place where people wait for the bus and the buses start to go for their destination from the place. It is a very chaotic place because the various types of people roam here. There are a shed for the passengers and a ticket counter for the passengers in a standard bus stand. The passenger stand a line for buying tickets. One bus comes and another to get into it. The coolies and hawkers also make the place crowded. It is a busy place. This place is so busy that the passengers coming here have no time to talk or to look at others. In a bus stand, there are small shops, tea shops, hawkers and porters. The place is noisy also because of the drivers and the conductors shout for passengers. They try to get as many passengers as they can. In a bus stand magazines and seasonal fruits are also sold. Sometimes it is very unclean and unhygienic for the passengers. Nevertheless it is a useful and important place for the passengers. Class Six English All Paragraph

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

42. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦাāϏ āϏ্āϟ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ'-āĻ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
 (āĻ•) āĻŦাāϏ āϏ্āϟ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ āĻ•ি?
 (āĻ—) āĻŦাāϏāϏ্āϟ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄে āĻ•ী āĻ•ী āϜিāύিāϏ āĻĨাāĻ•ে?
 (āĻ–) āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦাāϏ āϏ্āϟ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ āĻ•āϤāϟা āĻŦ্āϝāϏ্āϤ?
 (d) āĻāϰ āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦ āĻ•ি?

 āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦাāϏ āϏ্āϟ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ


āĻŦাāϏāϏ্āϟ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄ āĻšāϞ āĻāĻŽāύ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϜাāϝ়āĻ—া āϝেāĻ–াāύে āϞোāĻ•েāϰা āĻŦাāϏেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ…āĻĒেāĻ•্āώা āĻ•āϰে āĻāĻŦং āĻŦাāϏāĻ—ুāϞি āϏেāχ āϏ্āĻĨাāύ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—āύ্āϤāĻŦ্āϝে āϝেāϤে āĻļুāϰু āĻ•āϰে। āĻāϟি āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻŦিāĻļৃāĻ™্āĻ–āϞ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—া āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āĻāĻ–াāύে āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϧāϰāĻŖেāϰ āĻŽাāύুāώ āĻŦিāϚāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰে। āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖ āĻŦাāϏāϏ্āϟ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄে āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻļেāĻĄ āĻāĻŦং āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϟিāĻ•িāϟ āĻ•াāωāύ্āϟাāϰ āϰāϝ়েāĻ›ে। āϝাāϤ্āϰীāϰা āϟিāĻ•িāϟ āĻ•েāύাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϞাāχāύে āĻĻাঁāĻĄ়িāϝ়েāĻ›েāύ। āĻāĻ•āϟা āĻŦাāϏ āφāϏে āφāϰেāĻ•āϟা āϤাāϤে āωāĻ āϤে। āĻ•ুāϞি āĻ“ āĻĢেāϰিāĻ“āϝ়াāϞাāϰাāĻ“ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāϟিāĻ•ে āϜāĻŽāϜāĻŽাāϟ āĻ•āϰে āϤোāϞে। āĻāϟি āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦ্āϝāϏ্āϤ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—া। āĻāχ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāϟি āĻāϤāϟাāχ āĻŦ্āϝāϏ্āϤ āϝে āĻāĻ–াāύে āφāϏা āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•āĻĨা āĻŦāϞাāϰ āĻŦা āĻ…āύ্āϝেāϰ āĻĻিāĻ•ে āϤাāĻ•াāύোāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āύেāχ। āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦাāϏāϏ্āϟ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄে āĻ›োāϟ-āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻĻোāĻ•াāύ, āϚাāϝ়েāϰ āĻĻোāĻ•াāύ, āĻĢেāϰিāĻ“āϝ়াāϞা āĻ“ āĻ•ুāϞিāϰা। āϚাāϞāĻ• āĻ“ āĻ•āύ্āĻĄাāĻ•্āϟāϰāĻĻেāϰ āϚেঁāϚাāĻŽেāϚিāϰ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖেāĻ“ āϜাāϝ়āĻ—াāϟা āĻ•োāϞাāĻšāϞāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ। āϤাāϰা āϝāϤāϟা āϏāĻŽ্āĻ­āĻŦ āϝাāϤ্āϰী āύেāĻ“āϝ়াāϰ āϚেāώ্āϟা āĻ•āϰে। āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦাāϏāϏ্āϟ্āϝাāύ্āĻĄে āĻŽ্āϝাāĻ—াāϜিāύ āĻ“ āĻŽৌāϏুāĻŽি āĻĢāϞāĻ“ āĻŦিāĻ•্āϰি āĻšāϝ়। āĻ…āύেāĻ• āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻāϟি āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āĻ…āĻĒāϰিāώ্āĻ•াāϰ āĻ“ āĻ…āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝāĻ•āϰ। āϤāĻŦুāĻ“ āĻāϟি āϝাāϤ্āϰীāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻĻāϰāĻ•াāϰী āĻāĻŦং āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āϏ্āĻĨাāύ।

43. Write a paragraph on 'Physical Exercise' by answering the following questions: 
 (a) What do you mean by physical exercise? 
 (b) Why is physical exercise important? 
 (c) How is excessive physical exercise harmful? 
 (d) What is the effect of physical exercise?

P

HYSICAL EXERCISE 


 Physical exercise means the regular movement of different parts of the body. It is very much important because it helps us to keep our body fit. Sound body as well as sound mind depends on regular exercise. There are many types of exercises such as walking, running, swimming, racing, riding and various types of games. All these types of exercise are not apt for all ages. Regular physical exercise makes our body active and the muscles strong. It helps for digestion and blood circulation. Physical exercise keeps a man free from diseases. But excessive exercise can be harmful. We have to maintain some rules to take exercise. Physical exercise should not take in empty stomach or just after meal. So it is clear that physical exercise ensures a sound body and a sound health. We must take regular exercise regularly.


āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

43. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ'-āĻāϰ āωāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
 (āĻ•) āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻŦāϞāϤে āĻ•ী āĻŦোāĻ?
 (āĻ–) āĻ•েāύ āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ?
 (āĻ—) āĻ…āϤিāϰিāĻ•্āϤ āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻ•ীāĻ­াāĻŦে āĻ•্āώāϤিāĻ•āϰ?
 (d) āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰāĻ­াāĻŦ āĻ•ী? āĻĒৃ

āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻ…āύুāĻļীāϞāύ


āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻŽাāύে āĻļāϰীāϰেāϰ āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āĻ…ংāĻļেāϰ āύিāϝ়āĻŽিāϤ āύāĻĄ়াāϚāĻĄ়া। āĻāϟি āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āĻāϟি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļāϰীāϰāĻ•ে āĻĢিāϟ āϰাāĻ–āϤে āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻ•āϰে। āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻļāϰীāϰেāϰ āĻĒাāĻļাāĻĒাāĻļি āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻŽāύ āύিāϝ়āĻŽিāϤ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽেāϰ āωāĻĒāϰ āύিāϰ্āĻ­āϰ āĻ•āϰে। āĻ…āύেāĻ• āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āφāĻ›ে āϝেāĻŽāύ āĻšাঁāϟা, āĻĻৌāĻĄ়াāύো, āϏাঁāϤাāϰ āĻ•াāϟা, āĻĻৌāĻĄ়, āϰাāχāĻĄিং āĻāĻŦং āĻŦিāĻ­িāύ্āύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻ–েāϞা। āĻāχ āϏāĻŦ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āϏāĻŦ āĻŦāϝ়āϏেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āωāĻĒāϝুāĻ•্āϤ āύāϝ়। āύিāϝ়āĻŽিāϤ āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻļāϰীāϰāĻ•ে āϏāϚāϞ āĻ•āϰে āĻāĻŦং āĻĒেāĻļী āĻļāĻ•্āϤিāĻļাāϞী āĻ•āϰে। āĻāϟি āĻšāϜāĻŽ āĻāĻŦং āϰāĻ•্āϤ ​​āϏāĻž্āϚাāϞāύে āϏাāĻšাāϝ্āϝ āĻ•āϰে। āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻŽাāύুāώāĻ•ে āϰোāĻ—āĻŽুāĻ•্āϤ āϰাāĻ–ে। āĻ•িāύ্āϤু āĻ…āϤিāϰিāĻ•্āϤ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻ•্āώāϤিāĻ•āϰ āĻšāϤে āĻĒাāϰে। āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•িāĻ›ু āύিāϝ়āĻŽ āĻŽেāύে āϚāϞāϤে āĻšāϝ়। āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻ–াāϞি āĻĒেāϟে āĻŦা āĻ–াāĻ“āϝ়াāϰ āĻĒāϰে āĻ•āϰা āωāϚিāϤ āύāϝ়। āϏুāϤāϰাং āĻāϟা āϏ্āĻĒāώ্āϟ āϝে āĻļাāϰীāϰিāĻ• āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āĻļāϰীāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻāĻ•āϟি āϏুāϏ্āĻĨ āϏ্āĻŦাāϏ্āĻĨ্āϝ āύিāĻļ্āϚিāϤ āĻ•āϰে। āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ…āĻŦāĻļ্āϝāχ āύিāϝ়āĻŽিāϤ āĻŦ্āϝাāϝ়াāĻŽ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻšāĻŦে। Class Six English All Paragraph

44. Write a paragraph on 'Jute' by answering the following questions: 
 (a) What is jute? 
 (c) How is jute grown? 
 (b) What kind of land is suitable for jute? 
 (d) What is the importance of jute? 

 JUTE 


Jute is a kind of fibre and it is obtained from jute plants. Jute does not grow in any kind of soil except moisty and low land. Plenty of jute grows in Bangladesh because its soil is suitable for growing jute. For growing jute at first the land is ploughed nicely. Then the seeds are sown in the field. After some days the farmers weed out grasses from the field. In a few months, the plants become matured. Then the jute is cut and the fibre is obtained from it. Then they are dried in the sun and tied into bundles. Now it is ready for use. Bangladesh exports huge jute and earns a lot of foreign exchange. So jute is very important for us.

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

44. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻĒাāϟ'-āĻāϰ āωāĻĒāϰ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
  (a) āĻĒাāϟ āĻ•ি?
  (āĻ—) āĻĒাāϟ āĻ•িāĻ­াāĻŦে āϜāύ্āĻŽাāϝ়?
  (āĻ–) āĻ•োāύ āϧāϰāύেāϰ āϜāĻŽি āĻĒাāϟেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āωāĻĒāϝুāĻ•্āϤ?
  (d) āĻĒাāϟেāϰ āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦ āĻ•ী?

  āĻĒাāϟ


āĻĒাāϟ āĻšāϞ āĻāĻ• āϧāϰāύেāϰ āĻĢাāχāĻŦাāϰ āĻāĻŦং āĻāϟি āĻĒাāϟ āĻ—াāĻ› āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻĒাāĻ“āϝ়া āϝাāϝ়। āφāϰ্āĻĻ্āϰ āĻ“ āύিāϚু āϜāĻŽি āĻ›াāĻĄ়া āĻ…āύ্āϝ āĻ•োāύো āĻŽাāϟিāϤে āĻĒাāϟ āϜāύ্āĻŽে āύা। āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļে āĻĒ্āϰāϚুāϰ āĻĒাāϟ āϜāύ্āĻŽে āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ āĻāϰ āĻŽাāϟি āĻĒাāϟ āϚাāώেāϰ āωāĻĒāϝোāĻ—ী। āĻĒাāϟ āϚাāώেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻĒ্āϰāĻĨāĻŽে āϜāĻŽি āϏুāύ্āĻĻāϰāĻ­াāĻŦে āϚাāώ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āϜāĻŽিāϤে āĻŦীāϜ āĻŦāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰা āĻšāϝ়। āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻĻিāύ āĻĒāϰ āĻ•ৃāώāĻ•āϰা āĻŽাāĻ  āĻĨেāĻ•ে āϘাāϏ āϤুāϞে āĻĻেāϝ়। āĻ•āϝ়েāĻ• āĻŽাāϏেāϰ āĻŽāϧ্āϝে, āĻ—াāĻ›āĻ—ুāϞি āĻĒāϰিāĻĒāĻ•্āĻ• āĻšāϝ়। āĻāϰāĻĒāϰ āĻĒাāϟ āĻ•েāϟে āϤা āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻĢাāχāĻŦাāϰ āĻĒাāĻ“āϝ়া āϝাāϝ়। āϤাāϰāĻĒāϰ āϰোāĻĻে āĻļুāĻ•িāϝ়ে āĻŦাāύ্āĻĄিāϞে āĻŦেঁāϧে āϰাāĻ–া āĻšāϝ়। āĻāĻ–āύ āĻāϟি āĻŦ্āϝāĻŦāĻšাāϰেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻĒ্āϰāϏ্āϤুāϤ। āĻŦাংāϞাāĻĻেāĻļ āĻŦিāĻĒুāϞ āĻĒāϰিāĻŽাāĻŖ āĻĒাāϟ āϰāĻĒ্āϤাāύি āĻ•āϰে āĻĒ্āϰāϚুāϰ āĻŦৈāĻĻেāĻļিāĻ• āĻŽুāĻĻ্āϰা āĻ…āϰ্āϜāύ āĻ•āϰে। āϤাāχ āĻĒাāϟ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ। Class Six English All Paragraph

45. Write a paragraph on 'A Fisherman' by answering the following questions: 
 (a) Who is a fisherman? 
 (b) Where does a fisherman catch fish? 
 (c) How does he spend his time? 
 (d) What is the economic condition of a fisherman? 

 A FISHERMAN 


 A fisherman is a person who earn his living by catching and selling fishes. He lives by the side of a big river, or big canal or marshy lands or by the sea shore for the purpose of his occupational advantages. A fisherman works hard all the day. Because, he has to maintain his large family with his small income. A fisherman always remains busy in making nets, repairing them, taking care of his fishing boat dyeing and painting them. Sometimes he is to work hard under the sun and sometimes in rain. Sometimes he goes in the deep sea for fishing. Sometimes he faces dangers. He leads a very humble life. He has hardly meets and boats of his own. He feels comfort in his heart when he is able to catch a lot of fishes. He meets the demand of our protein. So he plays an important role in our country. We should do something to improve his life style.

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

45. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŽā§ŽāϏ্āϝāϜীāĻŦী' āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
 (āĻ•) āϜেāϞে āĻ•ে?
 (āĻ–) āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āϜেāϞে āĻ•োāĻĨাāϝ় āĻŽাāĻ› āϧāϰে?
 (āĻ—) āϏে āĻ•ীāĻ­াāĻŦে āϤাāϰ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻ•াāϟাāϝ়?
 (d) āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āϜেāϞেāĻĻেāϰ āĻ…āϰ্āĻĨāύৈāϤিāĻ• āĻ…āĻŦāϏ্āĻĨা āĻ•েāĻŽāύ?

 āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻŽā§ŽāϏ্āϝāϜীāĻŦী


āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āϜেāϞে āĻāĻŽāύ āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻŦ্āϝāĻ•্āϤি āϝিāύি āĻŽাāĻ› āϧāϰে āĻāĻŦং āĻŦিāĻ•্āϰি āĻ•āϰে āϜীāĻŦিāĻ•া āύিāϰ্āĻŦাāĻš āĻ•āϰেāύ। āϏে āϤাāϰ āĻĒেāĻļাāĻ—āϤ āϏুāĻŦিāϧাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦāĻĄ় āύāĻĻী, āĻŦা āĻŦāĻĄ় āĻ–াāϞ āĻŦা āϜāϞাāĻ­ূāĻŽি āĻŦা āϏāĻŽুāĻĻ্āϰেāϰ āϤীāϰে āĻŦাāϏ āĻ•āϰে। āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āϜেāϞে āϏাāϰাāĻĻিāύ āĻĒāϰিāĻļ্āϰāĻŽ āĻ•āϰে। āĻ•াāϰāĻŖ, āϤাāĻ•ে āϤাāϰ āϏাāĻŽাāύ্āϝ āφāϝ় āĻĻিāϝ়ে āϤাāϰ āĻŦāĻĄ় āϏংāϏাāϰ āϚাāϞাāϤে āĻšāϝ়। āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āϜেāϞে āϏāĻŦ āϏāĻŽāϝ় āϜাāϞ āϤৈāϰি, āĻŽেāϰাāĻŽāϤ, āĻŽাāĻ› āϧāϰাāϰ āύৌāĻ•াāϰ āϰং āĻ•āϰা āĻāĻŦং āϰং āĻ•āϰাāϝ় āĻŦ্āϝāϏ্āϤ āĻĨাāĻ•ে। āĻ•āĻ–āύো āϰোāĻĻে āφāĻŦাāϰ āĻ•āĻ–āύো āĻŦৃāώ্āϟিāϤে āĻĒāϰিāĻļ্āϰāĻŽ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻšāϝ় āϤাāĻ•ে। āĻŽাāĻে āĻŽাāĻে āĻ—āĻ­ীāϰ āϏাāĻ—āϰে āϝাāϝ় āĻŽাāĻ› āϧāϰāϤে। āĻŽাāĻে āĻŽাāĻে āϏে āĻŦিāĻĒāĻĻেāϰ āϏāĻŽ্āĻŽুāĻ–ীāύ āĻšāϝ়। āϤিāύি āĻ…āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻŦিāύāϝ়ী āϜীāĻŦāύāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰেāύ। āϤাāϰ āĻ–ুāĻŦ āĻ•āĻŽāχ āĻĻেāĻ–া āĻāĻŦং āϤাāϰ āύিāϜāϏ্āĻŦ āύৌāĻ•া āφāĻ›ে. āϏে āĻ…āύেāĻ• āĻŽাāĻ› āϧāϰāϤে āĻĒেāϰে āĻŽāύে āĻŽāύে āϏ্āĻŦāϏ্āϤি āĻ…āύুāĻ­āĻŦ āĻ•āϰে। āϏে āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĒ্āϰোāϟিāύেāϰ āϚাāĻšিāĻĻা āĻĒূāϰāĻŖ āĻ•āϰে। āϤাāχ āϤিāύি āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻĻেāĻļে āĻ—ুāϰুāϤ্āĻŦāĻĒূāϰ্āĻŖ āĻ­ূāĻŽিāĻ•া āĻĒাāϞāύ āĻ•āϰāĻ›েāύ। āϤাāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύāϧাāϰা āωāύ্āύāϤ āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻ•āϰা āωāϚিāϤ।

46. Write a paragraph on 'A Street Beggar' by answering the following questions: 
 (a) Who is a street beggar? 
 (c) Where does he live? 
 (b) Where does he beg? 
 (d) How is his life? 

 A STREET BEGGAR 


A street beggar is the person who begs alms in the street is called a street beggar. He is a very well known person in the cities and towns. Usually he is seen beside the streets, in the market places or at the gate of mosques. Some of them are blind or lame or dumb. A street beggar usually puts on dirty and torn clothes. He always bears a bag on his shoulder for his begging. Some times he has a bowl in his hand in which he receives his alms in the name of Allah and His holy prophet. He prays for the person who gives him money. His income is low. Sometimes he is seen reciting some sentences from the holy Quran. He lives a very miserable life. For this reason he can hardly meet the basic need of his family. We should do something for him.

āĻ…āύুāĻŦাāĻĻ:

46. āύিāĻŽ্āύāϞিāĻ–িāϤ āĻĒ্āϰāĻļ্āύেāϰ āωāϤ্āϤāϰ āĻĻিāϝ়ে 'āĻāĻ•āϟি āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻ­িāĻ•্āώুāĻ•' āĻ…āύুāϚ্āĻ›েāĻĻ āϞিāĻ–ুāύ:
  (āĻ•) āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻ­িāĻ•্āώুāĻ• āĻ•ে?
  (āĻ—) āϤিāύি āĻ•োāĻĨাāϝ় āĻĨাāĻ•েāύ?
  (āĻ–) āϏে āĻ•োāĻĨাāϝ় āĻ­িāĻ•্āώা āĻ•āϰে?
  (āϘ) āϤাāϰ āϜীāĻŦāύ āĻ•েāĻŽāύ?

  āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻ­িāĻ–াāϰি


āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻ­িāĻ•্āώুāĻ• āĻšāϞ āϝে āĻŦ্āϝāĻ•্āϤি āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϝ় āĻ­িāĻ•্āώা āĻ•āϰে āϤাāĻ•ে āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻ­িāĻ•্āώুāĻ• āĻŦāϞা āĻšāϝ়। āĻļāĻšāϰ-āύāĻ—āϰে āϤিāύি āĻ–ুāĻŦāχ āĻĒāϰিāϚিāϤ āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āĻŽাāύুāώ। āϤাāĻ•ে āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻĒাāĻļে, āĻŦাāϜাāϰে āĻŦা āĻŽāϏāϜিāĻĻেāϰ āĻ—েāϟে āĻĻেāĻ–া āϝাāϝ়। āϤাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•েāω āĻ•েāω āĻ…āύ্āϧ āĻŦা āĻ–োঁāĻĄ়া āĻŦা āĻŦোāĻŦা। āĻāĻ•āϜāύ āϰাāϏ্āϤাāϰ āĻ­িāĻ•্āώুāĻ• āϏাāϧাāϰāĻŖāϤ āύোংāϰা āĻāĻŦং āĻ›েঁāĻĄ়া āĻ•াāĻĒāĻĄ় āĻĒāϰে। āĻ­িāĻ•্āώা āĻ•āϰাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϤিāύি āϏāĻŦāϏāĻŽāϝ় āĻ•াঁāϧে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦ্āϝাāĻ— āĻŦāĻšāύ āĻ•āϰেāύ। āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āĻ•āĻ–āύāĻ“ āϤাāϰ āĻšাāϤে āĻāĻ•āϟি āĻŦাāϟি āĻĨাāĻ•ে āϝাāϤে āϏে āφāϞ্āϞাāĻš āĻāĻŦং āϤাঁāϰ āĻĒāĻŦিāϤ্āϰ āύāĻŦীāϰ āύাāĻŽে āϤাāϰ āĻĻাāύ āĻ—্āϰāĻšāĻŖ āĻ•āϰে। āϝে āϤাāĻ•ে āϟাāĻ•া āĻĻেāϝ় āϤাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϏে āĻĻোāϝ়া āĻ•āϰে। āϤাāϰ āφāϝ় āĻ•āĻŽ। āĻŽাāĻে āĻŽাāĻে āϤাāĻ•ে āĻĒāĻŦিāϤ্āϰ āĻ•োāϰāφāύ āĻĨেāĻ•ে āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻŦাāĻ•্āϝ āϤিāϞাāĻ“āϝ়াāϤ āĻ•āϰāϤে āĻĻেāĻ–া āϝাāϝ়। āϤিāύি āĻ…āϤ্āϝāύ্āϤ āĻĻুāϰ্āĻŦিāώāĻš āϜীāĻŦāύāϝাāĻĒāύ āĻ•āϰেāύ। āĻ āĻ•াāϰāĻŖে āϤিāύি āϤাāϰ āĻĒāϰিāĻŦাāϰেāϰ āĻŽৌāϞিāĻ• āϚাāĻšিāĻĻা āĻŽেāϟাāϤে āĻĒাāϰেāύ āύা। āϤাāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āφāĻŽাāĻĻেāϰ āĻ•িāĻ›ু āĻ•āϰা āωāϚিāϤ।  


CLASS SIX SOME MODEL PARAGRAPH 


47. MYSELF 


I am Mahin Khan.I am in class six in Rajbari Zilla School. My school is very close to my house. I am punctual in attending school and my studies. Gardening is my hobby. I have a garden in front of my house. I spend my leisure working in the garden. I have made a fence around it. Everyday I work at least two hours in the garden. I grow various flowers and vegetables in it. I help my father in the fields. I also help my mother in household activities. In the afternoon I play football. I watch television and hear music sometimes. I always try to make proper use of time.


48. MY BEST FRIEND 


Nayan is my best friend. He is a nice boy. He is very intimate with me. Nayan lives in our neighbouring (cÖwZ‡ekx) village. We are in the same class. My friend is very punctual. He reads his lessons attentively. He always tries to make the best use of his time. He is cooperative. He always tries to help the weak students. He respects the teachers. He is sincere to his work. He is sympathetic to all. He helps his parents in their work. He is intelligent, energetic and friendly. Everybody likes him.


49. MY READING ROOM 


The room which is used for the purpose of study is called a reading room. As a student, I have a reading room of my own. It faces the south. Though it is a small room, it is well-decorated. It has a door and two windows. So it is well ventilated. There is a desk and a chair for my reading. I possess a book-shelf in which I keep my books well-arranged. There are a calendar and a daily-routine on the table. There is also a cod in my reading room. So my reading room also serves the purpose of my bed room. I always keep the room neat and clean. There is a flower garden in front of my reading room. The smell of the flowers refreshes my mind. I don’t allow anyone into the room while reading. It is really an ideal reading room. Class Six English All Paragraph


50. A RAILWAY STATION 


A railway station is a place where trains stop to take in and to drop down passengers and goods. It remains busy almost all the time of the day and night. Every station has at least a platform. In every station there is at least one building, which is called station house. The building has several rooms that are used as a booking office, ticket counters, waiting rooms for passengers. When a train arrives, the whole station area turns into a noisy place. As soon as the train leaves, the station turns into a deserted place for some time.

āύিāϤ্āϝ āύāϤুāύ āϏāĻ•āϞ āφāĻĒāĻĄেāϟেāϰ āϜāύ্āϝ āϜ⧟েāύ āĻ•āϰুāύ

Telegram Group Join Now
Our Facebook Page Join Now
Class 8 Facebook Study Group Join Now
Class 7 Facebook Study Group Join Now
Class 6 Facebook Study Group Join Now

Post a Comment